WO2021204277A1 - Communication method, apparatus and system - Google Patents

Communication method, apparatus and system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021204277A1
WO2021204277A1 PCT/CN2021/086298 CN2021086298W WO2021204277A1 WO 2021204277 A1 WO2021204277 A1 WO 2021204277A1 CN 2021086298 W CN2021086298 W CN 2021086298W WO 2021204277 A1 WO2021204277 A1 WO 2021204277A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
terminal
network element
n3iwf
address
user plane
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/086298
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
许胜锋
李濛
应江威
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2021204277A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021204277A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/10Connection setup
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/10Connection setup
    • H04W76/11Allocation or use of connection identifiers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/30Connection release

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of communication technology, in particular to a communication method, device and system.
  • D2D communication may allow communication between the terminal and the terminal through a proximity-based services communication 5 (PC5) interface. Based on D2D communication, when the terminal is outside the network coverage or the communication signal with the network element of the access network is not good, other terminals can be selected as relay nodes and access the network through the relay nodes.
  • PC5 proximity-based services communication 5
  • the terminal can send data to the network through a protocol data unit (PDU) session established by a relay node.
  • PDU protocol data unit
  • the terminal may send data to a user plane function (UPF) corresponding to the relay node through a PDU session established by the relay node, and the UPF forwards the data of the terminal to the server.
  • UPF user plane function
  • the terminal can use an Internet protocol security (IPsec) tunnel to send data or signaling to the network-side access device corresponding to the terminal through the PDU session of the relay node.
  • IPsec Internet protocol security
  • the network side access device corresponding to the terminal then sends the received data or signaling to the core network device.
  • IPsec tunnel can prevent the relay node from parsing out the data or signaling of the terminal.
  • the network side may not be able to discover the terminal, and thus the network authentication, charging or other control operations of the terminal cannot be realized.
  • the purpose of the embodiments of the present application is to provide a communication method, device, and system, which can solve the security problem of data transmission.
  • a communication method includes: a user plane network element receives a data packet including data of a first terminal through a PDU session of a second terminal, and the second terminal is a relay node of the first terminal; and a user The plane network element judges whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF; if they match, the user plane network element sends the data packet to the first N3IWF corresponding to the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session.
  • the user plane network element can detect the data packet received through the PDU session of the second terminal, and the destination address of the data packet matches the IP address of the first N3IWF
  • the data of the first terminal can be forwarded to the first user plane network element corresponding to the PDU session established by the first terminal through the first N3IWF, and then forwarded to the server in the data network, so that the network side can pass the first N3IWF
  • An N3IWF discovers the terminal, and then implements network authentication, charging or other control operations for the first terminal.
  • the user plane network element receives from the session management network element for instructing the user plane network element to determine whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF First indication information; according to the first indication information, it is determined whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
  • the user plane network element receives the second indication information from the session management network element for indicating that the PDU session is used for relay services; according to the second indication information, it is determined that the PDU session bears Whether the destination address of the data packet matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
  • the user plane network element can determine whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the explicit first indication information sent by the session management network element. It is also possible to determine whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the implicit second indication information sent by the session management network element. It provides a feasible solution for the user plane network element to determine whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
  • the user plane network element receives the third indication information from the session management network element; where the third indication information is used to indicate when the user plane network element is
  • the data packet is sent to the first N3IWF corresponding to the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session;
  • the first N3IWF corresponding to the destination address of the data packet sends the data packet.
  • the user plane network element can send a data packet to the first N3IWF corresponding to the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session according to the third instruction information sent by the session management network element, for the user plane network element to send the data packet to the first N3IWF.
  • N3IWF provides a feasible solution for sending data packets.
  • the user plane network element sends to the session management network element
  • the fourth indication information including the identification information of the first terminal; the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF.
  • the user plane network element can send fourth indication information to the session management network element, so that the session management network element can follow the fourth indication information Release the context of the first terminal to prevent the first terminal from bypassing the first N3IWF and sending data to the server.
  • the user plane network element receives the fifth indication information from the session management network element; wherein the fifth indication information is used to indicate when the user plane network element is When it is determined that the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF, the fourth instruction information is sent to the session management network element; according to the fifth instruction information, the fourth instruction information is sent to the session management network element.
  • the user plane network element can send fourth instruction information to the session management network element according to the fifth instruction information sent by the session management network element, so that the user plane network element can send the fourth instruction information to the session management network element.
  • a feasible plan is
  • the user plane network element receives the IP address of the second N3IWF provided by the first terminal from the session management network element; the user plane network element reports to the session management The network element sends the sixth indication information including the identification information of the first terminal; the sixth indication information is used to indicate whether the IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
  • the user plane network element can detect the IP address of the second N3IWF to determine whether it matches the IP address of the first N3IWF. If it matches, the IP address of the second N3IWF can be determined as the IP address of the first N3IWF. In the subsequent data transmission process, it can be determined whether the destination address of the data packet matches the IP address of the second N3IWF. The data packet is sent to the corresponding first N3IWF, reducing the matching complexity. If they do not match, the session management network element and the second terminal may be instructed to release the context of the first terminal, so as to prevent the first terminal from bypassing the first N3IWF and sending the data to the server.
  • the user plane network element receives from the session management network element for instructing the user plane network element to determine the IP address of the second N3IWF and the IP address of the first N3IWF
  • the seventh indication information of whether the IP address matches; according to the seventh indication information, the sixth indication information is sent to the session management network element.
  • the user plane network element can send the sixth instruction information according to the seventh instruction information sent by the session management network element, which provides a feasible solution for the user plane network element to send the sixth instruction information to the session management network element.
  • the user plane network element is pre-configured with the IP address of the first N3IWF; or the user plane network element receives the first N3IWF from the session management network element IP address; or the user plane network element receives the identification information of the public land mobile network PLMN from the session management network element, and determines the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the identification information of the PLMN.
  • the user plane network element receives the identification information of the first terminal from the session management network element.
  • the identification information of the first terminal includes at least one of the following: an IP address allocated by the second terminal to the first terminal, identification information of a PDU session, Identity information of the first terminal.
  • the identification information of the first terminal may be the IP address allocated by the second terminal to the first terminal, or the identification information of the PDU session, or the identity information of the first terminal, or other information used to indicate the first terminal.
  • the information of the terminal is not restricted.
  • a communication device in a second aspect, can implement the functions performed by the user plane network element in the first aspect or the possible design of the first aspect, and the functions can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
  • the communication device includes: a receiving module, a processing module, and a sending module.
  • the receiving module is configured to receive a data packet including data of the first terminal through a PDU session of the second terminal, and the second terminal is a relay node of the first terminal.
  • the processing module is used to determine whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
  • the sending module is configured to send the data packet to the first N3IWF corresponding to the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session if it matches.
  • the specific implementation of the communication device may refer to the behavior function of the user plane network element in the communication method provided in the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect.
  • the user plane The network element can detect the data packet received through the PDU session of the second terminal, and when the destination address of the data packet matches the IP address of the first N3IWF, forward the data, so that the data of the first terminal can pass through the first N3IWF It is forwarded to the first user plane network element corresponding to the PDU session established by the first terminal, and then forwarded to the server in the data network, so that the network side can discover the terminal through the first N3IWF, and then realize the network authentication and charging of the first terminal Or other control operations.
  • the receiving module is also used to receive from the session management network element for instructing the user plane network element to determine whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session is the same as the IP address of the first N3IWF Matching first indication information; the processing module is further configured to determine whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the first indication information.
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive second indication information from the session management network element for indicating that the PDU session is used for the relay service; the processing module is further configured to Indication information to determine whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
  • the user plane network element can determine whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the explicit first indication information sent by the session management network element. It is also possible to determine whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the implicit second indication information sent by the session management network element. It provides a feasible solution for the user plane network element to determine whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
  • the receiving module is also used to receive the third indication information from the session management network element; wherein the third indication information is used to indicate the user plane
  • the network element judges that the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF, it sends the data packet to the first N3IWF corresponding to the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session; Indication information, sending a data packet to the first N3IWF corresponding to the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session.
  • the user plane network element can send a data packet to the first N3IWF corresponding to the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session according to the third instruction information sent by the session management network element, for the user plane network element to send the data packet to the first N3IWF.
  • N3IWF provides a feasible solution for sending data packets.
  • the sending module is also used to send a message to the session management network if the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF
  • the meta sends fourth indication information including the identification information of the first terminal; the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF.
  • the user plane network element can send fourth indication information to the session management network element, so that the session management network element can follow the fourth indication information Release the context of the first terminal to prevent the first terminal from bypassing the first N3IWF and sending data to the server.
  • the receiving module is also used to receive the fifth indication information from the session management network element; wherein the fifth indication information is used to indicate the user plane
  • the network element judges that the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF, it sends fourth indication information to the session management network element; the sending module is also used to send fourth indication information to the session management network according to the fifth indication information The element sends the fourth instruction information.
  • the user plane network element can send fourth instruction information to the session management network element according to the fifth instruction information sent by the session management network element, so that the user plane network element can send the fourth instruction information to the session management network element.
  • a feasible plan is
  • the receiving module is also used for the user plane network element to receive the IP address of the second N3IWF provided by the first terminal of the session management network element; and to send;
  • the module is also used to send sixth indication information including identification information of the first terminal to the session management network element; the sixth indication information is used to indicate whether the IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
  • the user plane network element can detect the IP address of the second N3IWF to determine whether it matches the IP address of the first N3IWF. If it matches, the IP address of the second N3IWF can be determined as the IP address of the first N3IWF. In the subsequent data transmission process, it can be determined whether the destination address of the data packet matches the IP address of the second N3IWF. The data packet is sent to the corresponding first N3IWF, reducing the matching complexity. If they do not match, the session management network element and the second terminal may be instructed to release the context of the first terminal, so as to prevent the first terminal from bypassing the first N3IWF and sending the data to the server.
  • the receiving module is also used to receive from the session management network element for instructing the user plane network element to determine the IP address of the second N3IWF and the first Seventh indication information indicating whether the IP address of the N3IWF matches or not; the sending module is further configured to send sixth indication information to the session management network element according to the seventh indication information.
  • the user plane network element can send the sixth instruction information according to the seventh instruction information sent by the session management network element, which provides a feasible solution for the user plane network element to send the sixth instruction information to the session management network element.
  • the user plane network element is pre-configured with the IP address of the first N3IWF; or the user plane network element receives the first N3IWF from the session management network element IP address; or the user plane network element receives the identification information of the public land mobile network PLMN from the session management network element, and determines the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the identification information of the PLMN.
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive the identification information of the first terminal from the session management network element.
  • the identification information of the first terminal includes at least one of the following: the IP address allocated by the second terminal to the first terminal, the identification information of the PDU session, Identity information of the first terminal.
  • the identification information of the first terminal may be the IP address allocated by the second terminal to the first terminal, or the identification information of the PDU session, or the identity information of the first terminal, or other information used to indicate the first terminal.
  • the information of the terminal is not restricted.
  • a communication device may be a user plane network element or a chip or a system on a chip in a user plane network element.
  • the communication device can realize the functions performed by the user plane network elements in the above-mentioned aspects or various possible designs, and the functions can be realized by hardware.
  • the communication device may include a transceiver and a processor. The transceiver and the processor may be used to support the communication device to implement the foregoing first aspect or the functions involved in any possible design of the first aspect.
  • the transceiver can be used to receive a data packet including data of the first terminal through the PDU session of the second terminal, and the second terminal is the relay node of the first terminal; the processor can be used to determine the status of the data packet carried by the PDU session Whether the destination address matches the IP address of the first N3IWF; if they match, the transceiver can also be used to send a data packet to the first N3IWF corresponding to the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session.
  • the communication device may further include a memory, and the memory is used to store necessary computer-executable instructions and data of the communication device. When the communication device is running, the transceiver and the processor execute the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes the communication method described in the first aspect or any one of the possible designs of the first aspect. .
  • the specific implementation of the communication device may refer to the first aspect or the behavior function of the user plane network element in the communication method provided by any possible design of the first aspect.
  • a communication device in a fourth aspect, includes one or more processors and one or more memories; the one or more memories are coupled with the one or more processors, and the one or more memories are used for storing Computer program code or computer instructions; when one or more processors execute the computer instructions, it causes the communication device to execute the communication method as described in the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores computer instructions or programs. When the computer instructions or programs are run on a computer, the computer executes the steps described in the first aspect or the first aspect. Any possible design of the communication method described.
  • a computer program product containing instructions, which when running on a computer, causes the computer to execute the communication method as described in the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect.
  • a chip system in a seventh aspect, includes one or more processors and one or more memories; the one or more memories are coupled to the one or more processors, and the one or more memories store There are computer program codes or computer instructions; when the one or more processors execute the computer program codes or computer instructions, the chip system is caused to execute the above-mentioned first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect The communication method mentioned.
  • a communication method comprising: a session management network element determining that a PDU session of a second terminal is used for a relay service; wherein the second terminal is a relay node of the first terminal; and the session management network element Send to the user plane network element first indication information for instructing the user plane network element to determine whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF; the data packet includes the data of the first terminal.
  • the session management network element when it determines that the PDU session of the second terminal is used for the relay service, it can send the first indication information to the user plane network element so that the user plane network element can determine the data packet carried by the PDU session according to If the destination address of the data packet matches the IP address of the first N3IWF, if the destination address of the data packet matches the IP address of the first N3IWF, data is forwarded so that the data of the first terminal can be forwarded to the first terminal through the first N3IWF. The first user plane network element corresponding to the PDU session is then forwarded to the server in the data network, so that the network side can discover the terminal through the first N3IWF, thereby implementing network authentication, charging or other control operations for the first terminal.
  • the session management network element receives the fourth indication information including the identification information of the first terminal from the user plane network element; the fourth indication information is used to indicate the data packets carried by the PDU session The destination address does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF.
  • the session management network element releases the context of the first terminal according to the fourth indication information.
  • the session management network element can determine according to the fourth indication information sent by the user plane network element that the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF, thereby releasing the first terminal's IP address. Context, to prevent the first terminal from bypassing the first N3IWF and sending data to the server.
  • the session management network element receives the IP address of the second N3IWF provided by the first terminal of the mobility management network element; the session management network element determines the second Whether the IP address of the N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF; if they do not match, the session management network element deletes the context of the first terminal.
  • the session management network element can determine whether the received IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF, and if it does not match, the context of the first terminal can be deleted to prevent the first terminal from bypassing The first N3IWF sends the data to the server.
  • the session management network element receives the sixth indication information including the identification information of the first terminal from the user plane network element; the sixth indication information is used to indicate Whether the IP address of the second N3IWF provided by the first terminal matches the IP address of the first N3IWF; when the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the IP address of the second N3IWF does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF, the session management network element Delete the context of the first terminal.
  • the session management network element can also determine whether the IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the sixth indication information sent by the user plane network element, and the IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the second N3IWF.
  • the context of the first terminal is deleted to prevent the first terminal from bypassing the first N3IWF and sending data to the server.
  • the session management network element receives the identification information of the public land mobile network PLMN from the mobility management network element; the session management network element is based on the identification information of the PLMN, Send the identification information of the PLMN and/or the IP address of the first N3IWF corresponding to the PLMN to the user plane network element.
  • the session management network element can directly send the identification information of the PLMN to the user plane network element, so that the user plane network element can determine the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the identification information of the PLMN, and the session management network element can also The identification information of the PLMN determines the IP address of the first N3IWF, and directly sends the IP address of the first N3IWF to the user plane network element.
  • the session management network element receives the IP address of the second N3IWF provided by the first terminal of the mobility management network element; the session management network element sets the second The IP address of the N3IWF is sent to the user plane network element.
  • the session management network element sends the IP address of the second N3IWF to the user plane network element, so that the user plane network element can judge whether the IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
  • a communication device in a ninth aspect, can implement the functions performed by the session management network element in the eighth aspect or the possible design of the eighth aspect, and the functions can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
  • the communication device includes: a processing module and a sending module.
  • the processing module is configured to determine that the PDU session of the second terminal is used for the relay service; wherein, the second terminal is a relay node of the first terminal.
  • the sending module is used to send to the user plane network element first indication information for instructing the user plane network element to determine whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF; the data packet includes the first terminal's data.
  • the specific implementation of the communication device can refer to the behavior function of the session management network element in the communication method provided in the eighth aspect or any one of the possible designs of the eighth aspect.
  • the management network element may send the first indication information to the user plane network element so that the user plane network element can determine the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session and the first N3IWF If the IP address of the data packet matches, if the destination address of the data packet matches the IP address of the first N3IWF, perform data forwarding, so that the data of the first terminal can be forwarded to the first user corresponding to the PDU session established by the first terminal through the first N3IWF The plane network element is then forwarded to the server in the data network, so that the network side can discover the terminal through the first N3IWF, and then implement network authentication, charging or other control operations for the first terminal.
  • the session management network element further includes a receiving module, and the receiving module is configured to receive fourth indication information including the identification information of the first terminal from the user plane network element; the fourth indication information is used for It indicates that the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF.
  • the processing module is further configured to release the context of the first terminal according to the fourth indication information.
  • the session management network element can determine according to the fourth indication information sent by the user plane network element that the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF, thereby releasing the first terminal's IP address. Context, to prevent the first terminal from bypassing the first N3IWF and sending data to the server.
  • the receiving module is also used to receive the IP address of the second N3IWF provided by the first terminal of the mobility management network element; the processing module is also used To determine whether the IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF; if it does not match, delete the context of the first terminal.
  • the session management network element can determine whether the received IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF, and if it does not match, the context of the first terminal can be deleted to prevent the first terminal from bypassing The first N3IWF sends the data to the server.
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive the sixth indication information including the identification information of the first terminal from the user plane network element; the sixth indication information is used for To indicate whether the IP address of the second N3IWF provided by the first terminal matches the IP address of the first N3IWF; the processing module is also used for when the sixth indication information is used to indicate the IP address of the second N3IWF and the IP address of the first N3IWF When there is no match, delete the context of the first terminal.
  • the session management network element can also determine whether the IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the sixth indication information sent by the user plane network element, and the IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the second N3IWF.
  • the context of the first terminal is deleted to prevent the first terminal from bypassing the first N3IWF and sending data to the server.
  • the receiving module is also used to receive the identification information of the public land mobile network PLMN from the mobility management network element; the receiving module is also used to The identification information of the PLMN and/or the IP address of the first N3IWF corresponding to the PLMN is sent to the user plane network element.
  • the session management network element can directly send the identification information of the PLMN to the user plane network element, so that the user plane network element can determine the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the identification information of the PLMN, and the session management network element can also The identification information of the PLMN determines the IP address of the first N3IWF, and directly sends the IP address of the first N3IWF to the user plane network element.
  • the receiving module is also used to receive the IP address of the second N3IWF provided by the first terminal of the mobility management network element; the sending module also uses Yu sends the IP address of the second N3IWF to the user plane network element.
  • the session management network element sends the IP address of the second N3IWF to the user plane network element, so that the user plane network element can judge whether the IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
  • a communication device may be a session management network element or a chip or a system on a chip in a session management network element.
  • the communication device can realize the functions performed by the session management network element in the above-mentioned aspects or various possible designs, and the functions can be realized by hardware.
  • the communication device may include a processor and a transceiver. The processor and the transceiver may be used to support the communication device to implement the eighth aspect or the functions involved in any possible design of the eighth aspect.
  • the processor may be used to determine that the PDU session of the second terminal is used for the relay service; where the second terminal is the relay node of the first terminal; the transceiver may be used to send instructions to the user plane network element to indicate the user plane.
  • the network element judges the first indication information whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF; the data packet includes the data of the first terminal.
  • the communication device may further include a memory, and the memory is used to store necessary computer-executable instructions and data of the communication device. When the communication device is running, the processor and the transceiver execute the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes the communication method described in the eighth aspect or any one of the possible designs of the eighth aspect. .
  • a communication device in an eleventh aspect, includes one or more processors and one or more memories; the one or more memories are coupled to the one or more processors, and the one or more memories are used for Computer program codes or computer instructions are stored; when one or more processors execute the computer instructions, the communication device is caused to execute the communication method as described in the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores computer instructions or programs.
  • the computer instructions or programs When the computer instructions or programs are run on a computer, the computer can execute the first aspect or the first aspect. Any possible design of the communication method described.
  • a computer program product containing instructions which when running on a computer, causes the computer to execute the communication method as described in the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect.
  • a chip system in a fourteenth aspect, includes one or more processors and one or more memories; the one or more memories are coupled to the one or more processors, and the one or more memories are Stored with computer program codes or computer instructions; when the one or more processors execute the computer program codes or computer instructions, the chip system is caused to execute the above-mentioned first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect The communication method described.
  • a communication method includes: a second terminal sends data of the first terminal through a PDU session of the second terminal; and the second terminal receives an identity of the first terminal from a mobility management network element The eighth indication information of the information; the second terminal releases the context of the first terminal according to the eighth indication information; wherein, the second terminal is the relay node of the first terminal, and the eighth indication information is used to instruct to release the context of the first terminal Or the second terminal receives the fourth indication information including the identification information of the first terminal from the mobility management network element; the second terminal releases the context of the first terminal according to the fourth indication information; wherein, the second terminal is the first terminal The relay node of the terminal, the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the destination address of the data packet carried by the protocol data unit PDU session does not match the Internet Protocol IP address of the first non-third-generation partner project interworking function network element N3IWF, the data packet Including the data of the first terminal.
  • the second terminal can release the context of the first terminal according to the explicit eighth indication information. It is also possible to release the context of the first terminal according to the implicit fourth indication information, without limitation.
  • the second terminal receives the IP address of the second N3IWF from the first terminal; the second terminal sends the IP address of the second N3IWF to the mobility management network element.
  • the second terminal receives the identification information of the public land mobile network PLMN from the first terminal; the second terminal sends the PLMN identification information to the mobile Sexual management network elements.
  • the second terminal can send the IP address of the second N3IWF or the identification information of the PLMN to the mobility management network element, so that the mobility management network element can send the IP address of the second N3IWF or the identification information of the PLMN to the mobility management network element.
  • the information is sent to the session management network element.
  • a communication method includes: a second terminal receives data from a first terminal; wherein the second terminal is a relay node of the first terminal, and the data of the first terminal passes through the second terminal The protocol data unit PDU session is forwarded; the second terminal determines whether the destination address of the first terminal’s data matches the Internet Protocol IP address of the first non-third-generation partner project interworking function network element N3IWF; if they match, the second terminal The data packet including the data of the first terminal is sent to the first N3IWF corresponding to the destination address through the PDU session of the second terminal.
  • the second terminal can forward the data of the first terminal to the first N3IWF through the PDU session when the destination address of the data packet matches the IP address of the first N3IWF, and then the PDU session established by the first terminal
  • the corresponding first user plane network element is forwarded to the server in the data network, so that the network side can discover the terminal through the first N3IWF, thereby implementing network authentication, charging or other control operations for the first terminal.
  • the second terminal releases the context of the first terminal.
  • the second terminal receives the IP address of the second N3IWF from the first terminal; the second terminal determines that the IP address of the second N3IWF is the same as the first Whether the IP address of the N3IWF matches; if it does not match, the second terminal deletes the context of the first terminal.
  • the second terminal can release the context of the first terminal when the destination address of the data of the first terminal does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF. It is also possible to release the context of the first terminal when the IP address of the second N3IWF does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF. This prevents the first terminal from bypassing the first N3IWF and forwarding the data to the server.
  • the second terminal is pre-configured with the IP address of the first N3IWF; or the second terminal receives the first N3IWF from the mobility management network element IP address; or the second terminal receives the identification information of the public land mobile network PLMN from the first terminal, and determines the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the identification information of the PLMN.
  • a communication device in a seventeenth aspect, can implement the functions performed by the second terminal in the fifteenth aspect or the possible design of the fifteenth aspect, and can also implement the sixteenth aspect or the sixteenth aspect.
  • the functions can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
  • the communication device includes: a receiving module, a processing module, and a sending module.
  • a sending module configured to send data of the first terminal through the PDU session of the second terminal
  • the receiving module is configured to receive the eighth indication information including the identification information of the first terminal from the mobility management network element.
  • the processing module is configured to release the context of the first terminal according to the eighth instruction information; wherein, the second terminal is a relay node of the first terminal, and the eighth instruction information is used to instruct to release the context of the first terminal.
  • the receiving module is configured to receive the fourth indication information including the identification information of the first terminal from the mobility management network element.
  • the processing module is configured to release the context of the first terminal according to the fourth indication information; wherein, the second terminal is a relay node of the first terminal, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the purpose of the data packet carried by the protocol data unit PDU session
  • the address does not match the Internet Protocol IP address of the first non-third-generation partner project interworking function network element N3IWF, and the data packet includes the data of the first terminal.
  • the specific implementation of the communication device may refer to the behavior function of the second terminal in the communication method provided by the fifteenth aspect or any one of the possible designs of the fifteenth aspect, based on the communication device described in the seventeenth aspect,
  • the second terminal may release the context of the first terminal according to the explicit eighth indication information. It is also possible to release the context of the first terminal according to the implicit fourth indication information, without limitation.
  • the receiving module is also used to receive the IP address of the second N3IWF from the first terminal; the sending module is used to send the IP address of the second N3IWF to the mobility management network Yuan.
  • the receiving module is also used to receive the identification information of the public land mobile network PLMN from the first terminal; the sending module is also used to transfer the PLMN The identification information of is sent to the mobility management network element.
  • the second terminal can send the IP address of the second N3IWF or the identification information of the PLMN to the mobility management network element, so that the mobility management network element can send the IP address of the second N3IWF or the identification information of the PLMN to the mobility management network element.
  • the information is sent to the session management network element.
  • the receiving module is configured to receive data from the first terminal; where the second terminal is a relay node of the first terminal, and the data of the first terminal is forwarded through the protocol data unit PDU session of the second terminal.
  • the processing module is used to determine whether the destination address of the data of the first terminal matches the Internet Protocol IP address of the first non-third-generation partner project interworking function network element N3IWF.
  • the sending module is configured to send a data packet including data of the first terminal to the first N3IWF corresponding to the destination address through the PDU session of the second terminal if there is a match.
  • the specific implementation of the communication device can refer to the behavior function of the second terminal in the communication method provided by the sixteenth aspect or any one of the possible designs of the sixteenth aspect, based on the communication device described in the seventeenth aspect,
  • the second terminal can forward the data of the first terminal to the first N3IWF through the PDU session when the destination address of the data packet matches the IP address of the first N3IWF, and then the first user plane corresponding to the PDU session established by the first terminal
  • the network element is forwarded to the server in the data network, so that the network side can discover the terminal through the first N3IWF, so as to implement network authentication, charging or other control operations for the first terminal.
  • the processing module is also used to release the context of the first terminal if the destination address of the data of the first terminal does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF.
  • the receiving module is also used to receive the IP address of the second N3IWF from the first terminal; the processing module is also used to determine the second N3IWF Whether the IP address of the first N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF; if it does not match, delete the context of the first terminal.
  • the second terminal can release the context of the first terminal when the destination address of the data of the first terminal does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF. It is also possible to release the context of the first terminal when the IP address of the second N3IWF does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF. This prevents the first terminal from bypassing the first N3IWF and forwarding the data to the server.
  • the second terminal is pre-configured with the IP address of the first N3IWF; or the second terminal receives the first N3IWF from the mobility management network element. IP address; or the second terminal receives the identification information of the public land mobile network PLMN from the first terminal, and determines the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the identification information of the PLMN.
  • a communication device may be a second terminal or a chip or a system on a chip in the second terminal.
  • the communication device can implement the functions performed by the second terminal in the foregoing aspects or various possible designs, and the functions can be implemented by hardware.
  • the communication device may include a transceiver and a processor.
  • the transceiver and the processor may be used to support the communication device to implement the functions involved in the fifteenth aspect or any one of the possible designs of the fifteenth aspect. It can also be used to support the communication device to realize the functions involved in the aforementioned sixteenth aspect or any one of the possible designs of the sixteenth aspect.
  • the transceiver can be used to send through the PDU session of the second terminal
  • the data of the first terminal may also be used to receive the eighth indication information including the identification information of the first terminal from the mobility management network element
  • the processor may be used to release the context of the first terminal according to the eighth indication information ;
  • the second terminal is the relay node of the first terminal, and the eighth indication information is used to indicate the release of the context of the first terminal; or the transceiver may be used to receive the identification information of the first terminal from the mobility management network element
  • the processor may be used to release the context of the first terminal according to the fourth instruction information; wherein, the second terminal is the relay node of the first terminal, and the fourth instruction information is used to indicate the data carried by the PDU session
  • the destination address of the packet does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF, and the data
  • the transceiver can be used to receive data from the first terminal; wherein, The second terminal is the relay node of the first terminal, and the data of the first terminal is forwarded through the protocol data unit PDU session of the second terminal; the processor can be used to determine the destination address of the data of the first terminal and the IP of the first N3IWF Whether the addresses match; if they match, the transceiver can be used to send a data packet including the data of the first terminal to the first N3IWF corresponding to the destination address through the PDU session of the second terminal.
  • the communication device may further include a memory, and the memory is used to store necessary computer-executable instructions and data of the communication device.
  • the transceiver and the processor execute the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes the above-mentioned fifteenth aspect or any one of the possible designs of the fifteenth aspect.
  • Communication method or implement the communication method as described in the aforementioned sixteenth aspect or any one of the possible designs of the sixteenth aspect.
  • the specific implementation of the communication device may refer to the fifteenth aspect or the behavior function of the second terminal in the communication method provided by any possible design of the fifteenth aspect, or refer to the sixteenth aspect or the sixteenth aspect Any one of the possible designs provides the behavior function of the second terminal in the communication method.
  • a communication device in a nineteenth aspect, includes one or more processors and one or more memories; the one or more memories are coupled with the one or more processors, and the one or more memories are used for Store computer program codes or computer instructions; when one or more processors execute the computer instructions, the communication device is caused to execute the communication method as described in the fifteenth aspect or any possible design of the fifteenth aspect, or execute the communication method as described in the fifteenth aspect or any possible design of the fifteenth aspect.
  • the communication method described in the sixteenth aspect or any possible design of the sixteenth aspect is described in the sixteenth aspect or any possible design of the sixteenth aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores computer instructions or programs.
  • the computer can execute the The communication method according to any possible design of the five aspects, or the communication method according to any possible design of the sixteenth aspect or the sixteenth aspect is implemented.
  • a computer program product containing instructions which when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the communication method as described in the fifteenth aspect or any possible design of the fifteenth aspect, Or execute the communication method as described in the sixteenth aspect or any possible design of the sixteenth aspect.
  • a chip system in a twenty-second aspect, includes one or more processors and one or more memories; one or more memories are coupled to one or more processors, and one or more memories Stored in the computer program code or computer instructions; when the one or more processors execute the computer program code or computer instructions, the chip system is caused to perform any of the possibilities of the fifteenth aspect or the fifteenth aspect Or implement the communication method described in the sixteenth aspect or any possible design of the sixteenth aspect.
  • the technical effect brought by any design method of the eighteenth aspect to the twenty-second aspect can be referred to the technical effect brought by any possible design of the fifteenth aspect or the fifteenth aspect. Or refer to the above-mentioned sixteenth aspect or the technical effect brought by any possible design of the sixteenth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • a communication system in a twenty-third aspect, includes the communication device according to the second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect, and any one of the ninth aspect or the ninth aspect. Design the communication device and the communication device according to the seventeenth aspect or any possible design of the seventeenth aspect.
  • FIG. 1a is a schematic diagram of an existing communication system provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 1b is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 1c is a schematic diagram of a 5G communication system provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 2 is a structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 3a is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 3b is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 4 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 5 is a flowchart of a method for establishing a PDU session provided by an embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of the composition of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of the composition of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of the composition of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • the communication method provided in the embodiments of this application can be used in any communication system, and the communication system may be a third generation partnership project (3GPP) communication system, for example, a long term evolution (LTE) system, It can also be a fifth generation (5G) mobile communication system, a new radio (NR) system, an NR V2X system, and other next-generation communication systems, or it can be a non-3GPP communication system, without limitation.
  • 3GPP third generation partnership project
  • LTE long term evolution
  • 5G fifth generation
  • NR new radio
  • NR V2X NR V2X
  • non-3GPP communication system without limitation.
  • the communication method provided by the embodiments of this application can be applied to various communication scenarios, for example, can be applied to one or more of the following communication scenarios: enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB), ultra-reliable low-latency communication (ultra reliable low latency communication (URLLC), machine type communication (MTC), massive machine type communications (mMTC), device to device (device to device, D2D), vehicle outreach (vehicle to everything, V2X), vehicle to vehicle (V2V), and Internet of things (IoT), etc.
  • eMBB enhanced mobile broadband
  • URLLC ultra-reliable low-latency communication
  • MTC machine type communication
  • mMTC massive machine type communications
  • device to device device to device
  • D2D device to device
  • vehicle outreach vehicle to everything
  • V2X vehicle to vehicle
  • V2V vehicle to vehicle
  • IoT Internet of things
  • Fig. 1b is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • the communication system may include at least one first terminal, at least one second terminal, an access network element corresponding to the second terminal, The user plane network element corresponding to the second terminal, the mobility management network element corresponding to the second terminal, the session management network element corresponding to the second terminal, the policy control network element corresponding to the second terminal, the first N3IWF corresponding to the first terminal, A first user plane network element corresponding to the first terminal, a mobility management network element corresponding to the first terminal, a session management network element corresponding to the first terminal, and a data network (DN).
  • DN data network
  • the first terminal may also be referred to as a remote terminal (remote UE), and the second terminal may also be referred to as a relay terminal (relay UE), which is not limited.
  • remote UE remote terminal
  • relay UE relay terminal
  • the first terminal can establish a PC5 communication connection with the second terminal, and send the data of the first terminal to the second terminal through the PC5 interface.
  • the second terminal may be located in the coverage area of the cell of the access network element, where the second terminal may communicate with the access network element through the uplink (uplink, UL) through air interface communication, and the second terminal is connected to the access network element on the UL.
  • the network element sends data, and the access network element forwards the received data to the core network element.
  • the core network element processes the data, and sends the processed data to the third through the access network element.
  • Two terminal For example, the second terminal sends uplink data to the access network element through the physical layer shared channel (PUSCH) on the UL, and the access network element forwards the received uplink data to the core network.
  • PUSCH physical layer shared channel
  • the core network element processes the uplink data, and sends the processed uplink data to the second terminal through the access network element; wherein, the access network that forwards the uplink data of the second terminal to the core network element.
  • the network element and the access network network element that forwards the downlink data from the core network network element to the second terminal may be the same access network network element, or may be different access network network elements.
  • the second terminal may also communicate with the core network element through a specific interface.
  • the second terminal may communicate with a mobility management network element in the core network element through an N1 interface.
  • the second terminal may establish a protocol data unit (PDU) session, communicate with the first N3IWF through the PDU session, and send the data of the first terminal to the first N3IWF through the PDU session.
  • PDU protocol data unit
  • the first N3IWF is an untrusted non-3GPP access gateway deployed by an operator, and its network topology position is equivalent to an access network element when the first terminal accesses the network through the 3GPP access technology.
  • the first N3IWF supports the establishment of an IPsec tunnel with the first terminal.
  • the first N3IWF also supports the N2 interface and the N3 interface with the core network, and can transfer the first terminal to the first mobility management network. NAS signaling between elements.
  • the terminal (terminal) in FIG. 1b may be referred to as user equipment (UE), mobile station (mobile station, MS) or mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT), etc.
  • the terminal in FIG. 1b may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, or a computer with a wireless transceiver function.
  • the terminal can also be a virtual reality (VR) terminal, an augmented reality (AR) terminal, a wireless terminal in industrial control, a wireless terminal in unmanned driving, a wireless terminal in telemedicine, and a smart grid.
  • VR virtual reality
  • AR augmented reality
  • Wireless terminals wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, in-vehicle terminals, vehicles with vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) communication capabilities, and smart connected vehicles , There are no restrictions on drones with UAV to UAV (U2U) communication capabilities. It should be noted that the foregoing terminal may be the first terminal or the second terminal.
  • the access network element in Figure 1b can be any device with wireless transceiver functions, which is mainly used to implement wireless physical control functions, resource scheduling and wireless resource management, wireless access control, and mobility management.
  • the network element of the access network may be a device that supports wired access or a device that supports wireless access.
  • the access network network element may be an access network (access network, AN)/radio access network (RAN) device, which is composed of multiple 5G-AN/NG-RAN nodes.
  • 5G-AN/NG-RAN nodes can be: access point (AP), base station (nodeB, NB), enhanced base station (enhance nodeB, eNB), next-generation base station (NR nodeB, gNB), transmission and reception Point (transmission reception point, TRP), transmission point (transmission point, TP), or some other access node, etc.
  • AP access point
  • base station nodeB, NB
  • enhanced base station enhanced base station
  • NR nodeB, gNB next-generation base station
  • transmission and reception Point transmission reception point, TRP
  • transmission point transmission point
  • TP transmission point
  • the mobility management network element in Figure 1b is mainly responsible for terminal access authentication, mobility management, and signaling interaction between various functional network elements, such as: user registration status, user connection status, user registration and network access , Tracking area update, cell handover user authentication and key security management.
  • the first mobility management network element in FIG. 1b is for distinguishing the mobility management network element corresponding to the second terminal, and the first mobility management network element in FIG. 1b corresponds to the first terminal. It has the characteristics of the above-mentioned mobility management network element. In practical applications, the mobility management network element in FIG. 1b and the first mobility management network element may be the same mobility management network element.
  • the session management network element in FIG. 1b can be called a session management function or a multicast/broadcast-service management function (MB-SMF) or a multicast session management network element, etc., without limitation.
  • the session management network element is mainly used to implement the user plane transmission logic channel, such as: session management functions such as the establishment, release, and modification of a packet data unit (PDU) session.
  • session management functions such as the establishment, release, and modification of a packet data unit (PDU) session.
  • PDU packet data unit
  • the first session management network element in FIG. 1b is to distinguish the session management network element corresponding to the second terminal.
  • the first session management network element in FIG. 1b corresponds to the first terminal and also has the above-mentioned session management network element. Manage the characteristics of the network element. In practical applications, the session management network element in FIG. 1b and the first session management network element may be the same session management network element.
  • the policy control network element in Figure 1b can be used to formulate corresponding policy and charging control rules (policy and charging control rules, PCC rules) for the PDU session, and send the PCC rules to the session management network element.
  • policy and charging control rules policy and charging control rules, PCC rules
  • the user plane network element in FIG. 1b may be called a PDU session anchor (PSA), a user plane function, or a multicast/broadcast user plane function (multicast/broadcast user plane fuction, MB-UPF).
  • PSA PDU session anchor
  • a user plane function a user plane function
  • MB-UPF multicast/broadcast user plane function
  • the user plane network element can be used as the anchor point on the user plane transmission logical channel, mainly used to complete the user plane data routing and forwarding functions, such as: establishing a channel with the terminal (that is, the user plane transmission logical channel), on the channel It forwards data packets between the terminal and the DN, and is responsible for the terminal's data message filtering, data forwarding, rate control, and charging information generation.
  • the user plane network element in FIG. 1b is to distinguish the user plane network element corresponding to the second terminal PDU session, and the first user plane network element in FIG. 1b corresponds to the first terminal PDU session. It also has the characteristics of the above-mentioned user plane network element. In practical applications, the user plane network element in FIG. 1b and the first user plane network element may be the same user plane network element.
  • the data network DN in Figure 1b may be an operator network that provides data transmission services to users, such as an operator network that provides IP multi-media services (IP multi-media service, IMS) to users.
  • IP multi-media service IP multi-media service, IMS
  • a server can be deployed in the DN, and the server can provide users with data transmission services.
  • first terminal, the second terminal, the access network network element, and the core network network element in the embodiments of the present application may all be one or more chips, or may be a system on chip (SOC), etc. .
  • Figure 1b is only an exemplary drawing, and the number of devices included is not limited.
  • the communication system may also include other devices.
  • the name of each device and the naming of each link in FIG. 1b are not limited.
  • each device and each link can also be named with other names.
  • the network element or entity corresponding to the above-mentioned access network element may be a radio access network (RAN ), the network element or entity corresponding to the mobility management network element can be the access and mobility management function (AMF) in the 5G communication system, and the network element or entity corresponding to the session management network element can be
  • the session management function (SMF) and policy control network element in the 5G communication system can be the policy control function (PCF) in the 5G communication system, and the network element or entity corresponding to the user plane network element can be It is the user plane function (UPF) etc. in the 5G communication system.
  • PCF policy control function
  • the terminal communicates with the AMF through the next generation N 1 interface (N1 for short), the RAN device communicates with the AMF through the N2 interface (N2 for short), and the RAN device communicates with the AMF through the N3 interface (N3 for short).
  • N1 next generation N 1 interface
  • N2 N2 for short
  • N3 N3 for short
  • UPF UPF communicates with SMF through the N4 interface
  • SMF SMF
  • UPF communicates with the server in the DN through the N6 interface.
  • Core network elements can communicate with each other through service interfaces.
  • AMF can communicate with other core network elements through Namf interface
  • SMF can communicate with other core network elements through Nsmf interface
  • PCF can communicate with other core network elements through Npcf interface.
  • UDM can communicate with other core network elements through the Nudr interface.
  • a terminal (may be called a remote terminal, or the first terminal in an embodiment of the present application) can establish a PDU through a relay node (may be called a relay terminal, or a second terminal in the embodiment of the present application)
  • the session sends the data packet to the UPF corresponding to the relay node, and the UPF forwards the data packet of the terminal to the server.
  • the relay node can parse out the data of the terminal, resulting in lower data transmission security.
  • the terminal can use an Internet protocol security (IPsec) tunnel to send data or signaling to the network-side access device corresponding to the terminal through the PDU session of the relay node.
  • IPsec Internet protocol security
  • the network side access device corresponding to the terminal then sends the received data or signaling to the core network device.
  • IPsec tunnel can prevent the relay node from parsing out the data or signaling of the terminal.
  • the network side may not be able to discover the terminal, and thus the network authentication, charging or other control operations of the terminal cannot be realized.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, including: a user plane network element receives a data packet including data of the first terminal from a PDU session established by a second terminal as a relay node of the first terminal; And determine whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the Internet Protocol (IP) address of the first non-3rd generation partnership project interworking function (N3IWF); If it matches, send the data packet to the first N3IWF corresponding to the destination address of the data packet.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • N3IWF non-3rd generation partnership project interworking function
  • each terminal, access network element, and core network element may adopt the composition structure shown in FIG. 2, or include the components shown in FIG. 2.
  • 2 is a schematic diagram of the composition of a communication device 200 provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • the communication device 200 may be a terminal or a chip or a system on a chip in the terminal; it may also be an access network network element or an access network network element. Chip or system-on-chip; it can also be a core network element or a chip or system-on-chip in a core network element.
  • the communication device 200 includes a processor 201, a transceiver 202 and a communication line 203.
  • the communication device 200 may further include a memory 204.
  • the processor 201, the memory 204, and the transceiver 202 may be connected through a communication line 203.
  • the processor 201 is a central processing unit (CPU), a general-purpose processor network processor (network processor, NP), a digital signal processor (digital signal processing, DSP), a microprocessor, a microcontroller, Programmable logic device (PLD) or any combination of them.
  • the processor 201 may also be other devices with processing functions, such as circuits, devices, or software modules, without limitation.
  • the transceiver 202 is used to communicate with other devices or other communication networks.
  • the other communication network may be Ethernet, radio access network (RAN), wireless local area networks (WLAN), etc.
  • the transceiver 202 may be a module, a circuit, a transceiver, or any device capable of implementing communication.
  • the communication line 203 is used to transmit information between the components included in the communication device 200.
  • the memory 204 is used to store instructions. Among them, the instruction may be a computer program.
  • the memory 204 may be a read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and/or instructions, and may also be a random access memory (RAM) or a random access memory (RAM).
  • RAM random access memory
  • RAM random access memory
  • RAM random access memory
  • RAM random access memory
  • EEPROM electrically erasable programmable read-only memory
  • CD- ROM compact disc read-only memory
  • optical disc storage including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.
  • the memory 204 may exist independently of the processor 201, or may be integrated with the processor 201.
  • the memory 204 may be used to store instructions or program codes or some data.
  • the memory 204 may be located in the communication device 200 or outside the communication device 200 without limitation.
  • the processor 201 is configured to execute instructions stored in the memory 204 to implement the communication method provided in the following embodiments of the present application.
  • the processor 201 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 2.
  • the communication device 200 includes multiple processors, for example, in addition to the processor 201 in FIG. 2, it may also include a processor 207.
  • the communication apparatus 200 further includes an output device 205 and an input device 206.
  • the input device 206 is a device such as a keyboard, a mouse, a microphone, or a joystick
  • the output device 205 is a device such as a display screen and a speaker.
  • the communication device 200 may be a desktop computer, a portable computer, a network server, a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a wireless terminal, an embedded device, a chip system, or a device with a similar structure in FIG. 2.
  • the composition structure shown in FIG. 2 does not constitute a limitation on the communication device.
  • the communication device may include more or less components than those shown in the figure, or combine certain components. , Or different component arrangements.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the second terminal in the following embodiment is any one of the communication system shown in FIG. Terminal
  • the user plane network element is the user plane network element corresponding to the PDU session established by the second terminal in the communication system shown in FIG. 1b
  • the first N3IWF is the N3IWF corresponding to the PDU session established with the first terminal in the communication system shown in FIG. 1b
  • the first user plane network element is the user plane network element corresponding to the PDU session established by the first terminal in the communication system shown in FIG. 1b
  • the server is any server in the data network in the communication system shown in FIG. 1b.
  • the first terminal, the second terminal, the access network network element, the user plane network element, the first N3IWF, the first user plane network element, and the server described in the following embodiments may all have the components shown in FIG. 2.
  • Fig. 3a is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the application. As shown in Fig. 3a, the method may include:
  • Step 301 The first terminal sends the data of the first terminal to the second terminal; correspondingly, the second terminal receives the data of the first terminal.
  • the source address of the data of the first terminal can be the IP address of the first terminal, and the destination address can be the IP address of the first N3IWF;
  • the data of the first terminal can be understood as data that needs to be relayed by the second terminal. Including data whose destination address is the second terminal sent by the first terminal.
  • the destination address of the data of the first terminal may be the IP address of the first N3IWF pre-configured in the first terminal.
  • the first terminal selects one of the IP addresses of the N3IWF as the destination address of the data of the first terminal.
  • the first N3IWF has a corresponding relationship with a tracking area, and the first terminal may select the first N3IWF according to the current tracking area.
  • the first N3IWF has a corresponding relationship with a public land mobile network (public land mobile network, PLMN), and the first terminal selects the first N3IWF according to the current PLMN.
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • the first terminal may establish a PC5 communication connection with the second terminal for communication, and send the data of the first terminal to the second terminal through the PC5 interface.
  • the first terminal may also send data including the destination address of the second terminal to the second terminal, and these data do not need to be relayed and forwarded.
  • the destination address of the second terminal may be the IP address of the second terminal, and the IP address of the second terminal refers to the IP address assigned by the first terminal to the second terminal for PC5 communication or the second terminal when the PC5 communication connection is established. The IP address assigned by yourself for PC5 communication.
  • the first terminal can set the source address of the first terminal's data to the IP address assigned by the second terminal to the first terminal, and set the destination address of the first terminal's data to the first N3IWF IP address, encapsulate the data of the first terminal, the source address of the data of the first terminal, and the destination address of the data of the first terminal in the same data packet, and send it to the second terminal through the PC5 interface so that the second terminal can receive After arriving at the data packet, it is determined according to the source address included in the data packet that the data in the data packet is data of the first terminal.
  • an IPsec tunnel may be established between the first terminal and the first N3IWF, and the public and private keys corresponding to the IPsec tunnel may be determined.
  • the first terminal can use the public key to encrypt the data of the first terminal, and encapsulate the encrypted data of the first terminal, the IP address of the first terminal, and the IP address of the first N3IWF in The data packet is sent to the second terminal, so that after receiving the data packet, the second terminal modifies the IP address of the first terminal in the data packet to the IP address of the second terminal, and the encrypted data of the first terminal
  • the IP address of the second terminal and the IP address of the first N3IWF are encapsulated in a data packet and sent to the user plane network element through a pre-established PDU session, so that the user plane network element is based on the destination address of the data packet, that is, the first N3IWF's
  • the IP address forwards
  • the IPsec tunnel is used to securely protect data transmission at the IP layer, especially to protect the transmission of sensitive data in an insecure network environment.
  • the communication parties can ensure the confidentiality, data consistency, data source authentication, and anti-replay of data packets during network transmission by performing operations such as encryption and data source authentication at the IP layer.
  • the process of establishing a PDU session by the second terminal may refer to the method shown in FIG. 5 below.
  • Step 302 The second terminal sends the data of the first terminal to the network element of the access network through the PDU session of the second terminal; correspondingly, the network element of the access network receives the data of the first terminal from the second terminal through the PDU session of the second terminal.
  • One terminal's data One terminal's data.
  • the second terminal may also receive the source address and the destination address of the data of the first terminal.
  • the second terminal modifies the source address of the received data of the first terminal to the IP address of the second terminal, and changes the data of the first terminal, the IP address of the second terminal, and the destination address of the data of the first terminal. Encapsulated in a data packet and sent to the access network element.
  • S302 can be understood as that the second terminal sends the data of the first terminal to the network element of the access network through the data radio bear (DRB) corresponding to the PDU session of the second terminal; correspondingly, the access network The network element receives the data of the first terminal from the second terminal through the data radio bearer corresponding to the PDU session of the second terminal.
  • DRB data radio bear
  • Step 303 The access network element sends the data of the first terminal to the user plane network element through the PDU session of the second terminal; correspondingly, the user plane network element receives the data of the first terminal through the PDU session of the second terminal.
  • the data of the first terminal is in the form of a data packet.
  • the data packet may be the data packet described in step 302.
  • the access network element may forward the data packet to the user plane network element through the N3 interface corresponding to the PDU session.
  • Step 304 The user plane network element judges whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
  • the user plane network element may compare the destination address of the data packet with the IP address of the first N3IWF to determine whether it matches. For example: if the destination address of the data packet is the same as the IP address of the first N3IWF, it is determined that the destination address of the data packet matches the IP address of the first N3IWF, otherwise, it is determined that it does not match.
  • the user plane network element may obtain the IP address of the first N3IWF in any of the following manners 1 to 3:
  • Manner 1 The user plane network element is pre-configured with the IP address of the first N3IWF.
  • the network management network element may configure the IP addresses of multiple first N3IWFs corresponding to the PLMN where the user plane network element is located on the user plane network element.
  • the IP address of the first N3IWF corresponding to the PLMN where the user plane network element is located includes IP1, IP2, and IP3.
  • the network management network element may configure all IP1, IP2, and IP3 on the user plane network element.
  • Manner 2 The user plane network element receives the IP address of the first N3IWF sent by the session management network element.
  • the user plane network element receives the identification information of the PLMN sent by the session management network element, and determines the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the identification information of the PLMN.
  • the identification information of the PLMN may be the identity information of the PLMN or other information that can be used to identify the PLMN.
  • the user plane network element can request the network storage network element (NF repository function, NRF) corresponding to the PLMN to obtain the information of the network element storing the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the identification information of the PLMN, and then determine according to the obtained information of the network element Network element, and obtain the IP address of the first N3IWF from the network element.
  • the network element storing the IP address of the first N3IWF may be UDM or UDR, etc., which is not limited.
  • IP address of the first N3IWF corresponding to each PLMN is pre-configured, and the corresponding relationship between the PLMN and the first N3IWF can be referred to the description of the PLMN in the prior art, and will not be repeated.
  • the user plane network element receives the first indication information sent by the session management network element, and according to the first indication information, determines whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
  • the first indication information is used to instruct the user plane network element to determine whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
  • the user plane network element receives the second indication information sent by the session management network element, and determines whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the second indication information.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the PDU session is used for the relay service.
  • the user plane network element can be pre-configured to: when the corresponding PDU session is used for the relay service, the destination address of the data packet received through the PDU session needs to be matched with the IP address of the first N3IWF .
  • the second indication information further includes identification information of the first terminal.
  • the identification information of the first terminal includes at least one of the following: the IP address of the first terminal, the identification information of the PDU session (for example, the N4 interface corresponding to the PDU session), and the identification information of the first terminal (for example, the ID of the first terminal) .
  • the session management network element may carry the first indication information or the second indication information in the N4 session establishment request message during the PDU session establishment process and send it to the user plane network element; or, the session management network element After the establishment of the PDU session is completed, the first indication information or the second indication information may be carried in an N4 session modification (N4 session modification) message and sent to the user plane network element.
  • the UPF stores the first indication information or the second indication information in the N4 session context (N4 session context).
  • the N4 session establishment request message or the N4 session modification message may also include some existing information, such as the processing strategy corresponding to the service, the packet detection rule (PDR), and the forwarding action rule (FAR) associated with the PDR. ), quality of service flow (QoS flow) mapping rules and other information are not limited, and the related description of these information can refer to the prior art, and will not be repeated.
  • some existing information such as the processing strategy corresponding to the service, the packet detection rule (PDR), and the forwarding action rule (FAR) associated with the PDR.
  • QoS flow mapping rules and other information are not limited, and the related description of these information can refer to the prior art, and will not be repeated.
  • Step 305 If the user plane network element determines that the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF, the user plane network element sends the data packet to the first N3IWF corresponding to the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session. Correspondingly, the first N3IWF receives the data packet sent by the user plane network element.
  • first N3IWFs There may be multiple first N3IWFs.
  • the user plane network element may send the data packet to the first N3IWF corresponding to its destination address.
  • the user plane network element receives the third indication information sent by the session management network element, and according to the third indication information, sends the data packet to the first N3IWF corresponding to its destination address.
  • the third indication information is used to indicate that when the user plane network element determines that the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF, it sends the data packet to the first N3IWF.
  • the user plane network element may pre-establish a forwarding tunnel with the first N3IWF, and save the correspondence between the first N3IWF and the forwarding tunnel.
  • the pre-established forwarding tunnel may include the forwarding tunnel corresponding to the first N3IWF1, the forwarding tunnel corresponding to the first N3IWF2, and the first N3IWF3.
  • the corresponding forwarding tunnel 3 When the destination address of the data packet is the IP address of the first N3IWF1, the user plane network element can forward the data packet to the first N3IWF1 through the forwarding tunnel 1.
  • the user plane network element may also dynamically establish a forwarding tunnel with the first N3IWF.
  • the user plane network element can establish a forwarding tunnel with the first N3IWF1 in real time, and forward the data packet to the first N3IWF1 through the forwarding tunnel established in real time.
  • Step 306 The first N3IWF sends the data of the first terminal to the first user plane network element through the PDU session of the first terminal.
  • the first user plane network element receives the data of the first terminal sent by the first N3IWF.
  • the PDU session of the first terminal refers to a PDU session established between the first terminal and the first user plane network element through the first N3IWF.
  • Step 307 The first user plane network element forwards the data of the first terminal to the server in the data network.
  • the server receives the data of the first terminal sent by the first user plane network element.
  • the first user plane network element sends the received data packet to the server, so that the server processes the data of the first terminal, and returns the processed result to the first terminal.
  • the user plane network element corresponding to the PDU session of the second terminal when the user plane network element corresponding to the PDU session of the second terminal receives a data packet that includes the data of the first terminal, it can determine whether the destination address of the data packet is the same as the IP address of the first N3IWF. Match, if it matches, forward the data packet to the first N3IWF corresponding to its destination address.
  • the user plane network element in the embodiment of the present application can determine that the destination address of the data packet including the data of the first terminal is the same as the IP of the first N3IWF.
  • the addresses do not match, so that the data packet is not transmitted in the next step, and the user plane network element is prevented from directly forwarding the data packet to the server.
  • the network side can discover the terminal through the first N3IWF, and then realize the network authentication, charging or other control operations for the first terminal.
  • the first terminal establishes an IPsec tunnel with the first N3IWF, which can prevent the second terminal from parsing out the data of the first terminal, and can also improve the security of data transmission.
  • the method shown in FIG. 3a described above describes the actions performed by the user plane network element after judging that the destination address of the data packet matches the IP address of the first N3IWF. Furthermore, the method shown in FIG. 3b further includes the following steps 308 to 311. The following steps 308 to 311 describe when the user plane network element determines that the destination address of the data packet does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF, Actions performed by user plane network elements. Step 308 to step 311 can be used to replace the above step 305 to step 307.
  • Step 308 If the user plane network element determines that the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF, the user plane network element sends fourth indication information to the session management network element; correspondingly, the session management network element Receive the fourth instruction information.
  • the fourth indication information includes the identification information of the first terminal, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF.
  • the fourth indication information may be carried in a data notification (data notification) message.
  • the user plane network element receives the identification information of the first terminal sent by the session management network element, where the identification information of the first terminal includes at least one of the following: the IP address of the first terminal, the identification information of the PDU session (for example, , The N4 interface corresponding to the PDU session), and the identity information of the first terminal (for example, the ID of the first terminal).
  • the user plane network element receives the fifth instruction information sent by the session management network element, and sends fourth instruction information to the session management network element according to the fifth instruction information.
  • the fifth indication information is used to indicate that when the user plane network element determines that the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF, the fourth indication information is sent to the session management network element.
  • the fifth indication information may be carried in the N4 session establishment or N4 session modification message. Accordingly, the user plane network element stores the fifth indication information in the N4 session context.
  • Step 309 The session management network element releases the context of the first terminal according to the fourth indication information.
  • the session management network element After the session management network element receives the fourth indication information, according to the identification of the first terminal included in the fourth indication information, it can be determined that the destination address of the data packet corresponding to the first terminal does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF. Release the context of the first terminal.
  • the context of the first terminal may include related information of the PDU session for the relay service established by the second terminal for the first terminal and stored in the session management network element.
  • the context of the first terminal may be the identification information of the first terminal and the address information allocated by the second terminal to the first terminal.
  • the session management network element determines the related information of the PDU session corresponding to the first terminal according to the IP address of the first terminal.
  • the session management network element is based on the correspondence between the identity information of the first terminal and the IP address of the first terminal stored when establishing a PDU session for the second terminal, The IP address of the first terminal is determined, and the related information of the PDU session corresponding to the first terminal is determined according to the IP address of the first terminal.
  • the session management network element determines the related information of the PDU session according to the identification information of the PDU session.
  • Step 310 The session management network element sends instruction information to the second terminal through the mobility management network element; correspondingly, the second terminal receives the instruction information.
  • the indication information is used to instruct the second terminal to release the context of the first terminal.
  • the session management network element may forward the fourth indication information as the indication information to the second terminal through the mobility management network element.
  • the session management network element sends the eighth indication information as the indication information to the second terminal through the mobility management network element.
  • the eighth indication information includes the identification information of the first terminal, and the eighth indication information is used to instruct to release the context of the first terminal.
  • the identification information of the first terminal sent by the session management network element to the second terminal through the mobility management network element is the identification information of the PDU session
  • the identification information of the PDU session may also be the ID of the PDU session.
  • Step 311 The second terminal releases the context of the first terminal according to the instruction information.
  • the second terminal receives the fourth indication information, determines according to the fourth indication information that the destination address of the data packet corresponding to the first terminal does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF, and releases the context of the first terminal.
  • the second terminal receives the eighth indication information, and releases the context of the first terminal according to the eighth indication information.
  • the second terminal releases the context of the first terminal means that the second terminal deletes relevant information used for the relay service between the second terminal and the first terminal.
  • the context of the first terminal may be the identification information of the first terminal and the address information allocated by the second terminal to the first terminal. Based on this, releasing the context of the first terminal by the second terminal can also be described as deleting the context of the first terminal by the second terminal.
  • the first terminal can also send data with the destination address of the second terminal to the second terminal, and the second terminal can also send the destination to the first terminal.
  • the address is the data of the first terminal.
  • the user plane network element performs the action of judging whether the destination address of the received data packet matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
  • the second terminal determines whether the destination address of the data of the first terminal matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
  • Fig. 4 is a communication method provided by an embodiment of the application. As shown in Fig. 4, the method includes:
  • Step 401 The first terminal sends the data of the first terminal to the second terminal; correspondingly, the second terminal receives the data of the first terminal from the first terminal.
  • step 401 can refer to the above step 301, which will not be repeated.
  • Step 402 The second terminal judges whether the destination address of the data of the first terminal matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
  • the second terminal may obtain the IP address of the first N3IWF in the following manner:
  • Manner 1 The second terminal is pre-configured with the IP address of the first N3IWF.
  • Manner 2 The second terminal receives the IP address of the first N3IWF sent by the session management network element through the mobility management network element.
  • the second terminal receives the identification information of the PLMN sent by the first terminal, and determines the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the identification information of the PLMN.
  • the process for the second terminal to determine the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the identification information of the PLMN can refer to the process of determining the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the identification information of the PLMN in step 304 by the user plane network element, which will not be repeated.
  • Step 403 If the second terminal determines that the destination address of the data of the first terminal matches the IP address of the first N3IWF, the second terminal sends to the first N3IWF corresponding to the destination address of the data of the first terminal through the PDU session of the second terminal The data of the first terminal. Correspondingly, the first N3IWF receives the data of the first terminal.
  • the second terminal may modify the source address of the data of the first terminal to the IP address of the second terminal, and encapsulate the data of the first terminal, the IP address of the second terminal, and the destination address of the data of the first terminal in In the packet.
  • the second terminal sends the data packet to the access network network element, the access network network element forwards the data packet to the user plane network element, and the user plane network element forwards the data packet to the first corresponding destination address according to the destination address of the data packet.
  • An N3IWF An N3IWF.
  • the first N3IWF sends the data of the first terminal to the first user plane network element according to the PDU session established by the first terminal, and the first user plane network element sends the data of the first terminal to the server.
  • Step 404 If the second terminal determines that the destination address of the data of the first terminal does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF, the second terminal releases the context of the first terminal.
  • step 404 reference may be made to the description of the second terminal releasing the context of the first terminal in step 311, which will not be repeated.
  • the second terminal may also send instruction information for instructing the session management network element to release the context of the first terminal to the session management network element through the mobility management network element, so that the session management network element releases the context of the first terminal.
  • the second terminal when the second terminal receives data from the first terminal, it can determine whether the destination address of the data matches the IP address of the first N3IWF, and if they match, the data is forwarded to the corresponding destination address.
  • the first N3IWF When the first terminal sets the destination address of the data of the first terminal as the server, the second terminal in the embodiment of the present application can determine that the destination address of the data including the first terminal does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF, thus The data of the first terminal is not transmitted in the next step, and the user plane network element is prevented from directly forwarding the data packet to the server. This allows the network side to discover the terminal through the first N3IWF, and then implement network authentication, charging or other control operations for the first terminal.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a process for a second terminal to establish a PDU session.
  • the IP address of the N3IWF sent by the first terminal can be judged.
  • the method includes:
  • Step 501 A PC5 communication connection is established between the first terminal and the second terminal.
  • the first terminal can discover a second terminal that can provide a relay service for the first terminal through the discovery process in the prior art, and establish a PC5 communication connection with the second terminal.
  • the second terminal may allocate an IP address for the PC5 communication connection to the first terminal, that is, the IP address of the first terminal.
  • the first terminal when the first terminal establishes a PC5 communication connection with the second terminal, the first terminal may send the IP address of the second N3IWF of the first terminal to the second terminal.
  • the IP address of the second N3IWF may be pre-configured in the first terminal.
  • the method for the first terminal to select the second N3IWF is the same as the method for the first terminal to select the IP address of one N3IWF from the IP addresses of the first N3IWF in step 301.
  • step 501 may also include step 501a.
  • Step 501a The second terminal judges whether the IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
  • the second terminal may obtain the IP address of the first N3IWF by using the second method or the third method in step 402 above.
  • the following steps 502 to 512 can be continued to establish a PDU session that provides a relay service for the first terminal.
  • the second terminal can delete the context of the first terminal without establishing a PDU session that provides relay services for the first terminal.
  • Step 502 The second terminal sends a session establishment request to the mobility management network element through the access network element; correspondingly, the mobility management network element receives the session establishment request.
  • the session establishment request includes the identification information of the first terminal, and the session establishment request is used to request the establishment of a PDU session for the second terminal for providing a relay service for the first terminal.
  • identification information of the first terminal reference may be made to the description of the identification information of the first terminal in FIG. 3a, FIG. 3b or FIG. 4, which is not repeated here.
  • the terminal further sends identification information of the session to the mobility management network element through the access network element, where the identification information of the session is used to identify the session.
  • the session establishment request and the session identifier are carried in a non-access stratum message (NAS message) and sent to the mobility management network element.
  • NAS message non-access stratum message
  • the second terminal sends the IP address of the second N3IWF to the mobility management network element, so that the mobility management network element sends the IP address of the second N3IWF to the session management network element, and the session management network element executes the foregoing The action performed by the second terminal in step 501 to determine whether the IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
  • Step 503 The mobility management network element sends a session context creation request message to the session management network element; correspondingly, the session management network element receives the session context creation request message.
  • the session context creation request message may include the identification information of the first terminal, the identification information of the second terminal, the identification information of the session, and the session establishment request.
  • the session context creation request message further includes the IP address of the second N3IWF.
  • Step 504 The session management network element sends a policy creation request to the policy control network element; correspondingly, the policy control network element receives the policy creation request.
  • the session context creation request message includes the IP address of the second N3IWF.
  • step 504 may include the following step 504a.
  • Step 504a The session management network element judges whether the IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
  • the session management network element deletes the context of the first terminal.
  • the session management network element also sends to the second terminal the indication information for instructing the second terminal to release the context of the first terminal through the mobility management network element, or sends the second N3IWF information to the second terminal.
  • the session management network element may obtain the IP address of the first N3IWF in the following manner:
  • Manner 1 The session management network element is pre-configured with the IP address of the first N3IWF.
  • the session management network element receives the identification information of the PLMN sent by the first terminal through the mobility management network element and the second terminal, and determines the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the identification information of the PLMN.
  • the process of the session management network element determining the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the identification information of the PLMN is similar to the process of determining the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the identification information of the PLMN in step 304 by the user plane network element, and will not be repeated here. .
  • the policy creation request may include the identification information of the first terminal, the identification information of the second terminal, and the identification information of the session.
  • the policy creation request may be a session management policy establishment request (SM policy establishment request).
  • the terminal may send a PDU session establishment request to the session management network element through the mobility management network element to request the establishment of a PDU session for the terminal.
  • the session management network element After receiving the PDU session establishment request, the session management network element sends SM policy establishment to the policy control network element request.
  • Step 505 The policy control network element sends a policy creation request response to the session management network element; correspondingly, the session management network element receives the policy creation request response.
  • the policy creation request response may include some existing information, such as policy and charging control rules (policy and charging control rules, PCC rules), etc., which will not be repeated.
  • policy and charging control rules policy and charging control rules, PCC rules
  • the policy creation request response may be a session management policy establishment response (SM policy establishment response).
  • Step 506 The session management network element sends an N4 session establishment request to the user plane network element; correspondingly, the user plane network element receives the N4 session establishment request.
  • the N4 session establishment request includes first indication information.
  • the N4 session establishment request includes second indication information.
  • the N4 session establishment request includes the information of the first identifier.
  • first indication information, the second indication information, and the identification information of the first terminal may refer to the description of the first indication information, the second indication information, and the identification information of the first terminal in FIG. 3a, which will not be repeated here. .
  • the N4 session establishment request further includes the IP address of the second N3IWF.
  • Step 507 The user plane network element sends an N4 session establishment request response to the session management network element.
  • the session management network element receives the N4 session establishment request response sent by the user plane network element.
  • step 507 may also include step 507a.
  • Step 507a The user plane network element judges whether the IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
  • the user plane network element when the user plane network element receives the IP address of the second N3IWF, it can match the IP address of the second N3IWF with the IP address of the first N3IWF, and carry the matching result in the form of the sixth indication information in the N4 session establishment
  • the request response is sent to the session management network element; where the sixth indication information includes the identification information of the first terminal, and the sixth indication information is used to indicate whether the IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
  • the following steps 508 to 512 may be performed to establish a PDU session for providing a relay service for the first terminal.
  • the N4 session establishment request response also includes tunnel information of the user plane network element.
  • the user plane network element further receives the seventh indication information sent by the session management network element, and sends sixth indication information to the session management network element according to the seventh indication information.
  • the seventh indication information is used to instruct the user plane network element to determine whether the IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
  • the user plane network element judges that the IP address of the second N3IWF does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF, it can send the sixth indication information indicating that the IP address of the second N3IWF does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF to the session.
  • the management network element so that the session management network element can delete the context of the first terminal according to the sixth indication information.
  • the session management network element also sends to the second terminal indication information for instructing the second terminal to release the context of the first terminal, or sends to the second terminal indication information for indicating the IP address of the second N3IWF and the IP address of the first N3IWF.
  • the sixth indication information that the IP address does not match, so that the second terminal releases the context of the first terminal according to the sixth indication information.
  • Step 508 The session management network element sends an N1N2 information transfer message to the mobility management network element.
  • the mobility management network element receives the N1N2 information transfer message sent by the session management network element.
  • the N1N2 information transfer message includes session identification information, tunnel information of the user plane network element, and session establishment acceptance information; the session establishment acceptance information is used to indicate acceptance of the session establishment request sent by the second terminal.
  • Step 509 The mobility management network element sends an N2 session request to the access network network element.
  • the access network network element receives the N2 session request sent by the mobility management network element.
  • the N2 session request includes the identification information of the session, the tunnel information of the user plane network element, and the session establishment acceptance information.
  • Step 510 The access network element sends a wireless connection establishment request to the terminal.
  • the terminal receives the N2 session request sent by the network element of the access network.
  • the wireless connection establishment request may include session establishment acceptance information.
  • Step 511 The access network element sends the access network element tunnel information to the session management network element through the mobility management network element.
  • the session management network element receives the access network element tunnel information.
  • Step 512 The session management network element sends an N4 session modification request to the user plane network element.
  • the user plane network element receives the N4 session modification request.
  • the N4 session modification request includes access network element tunnel information.
  • the session management network element sends the access network element tunnel information to the user plane network element, and sends the user plane network element tunnel information to the access network element, so that the access network element and the user plane network element can establish a connection. PDU session establishment process.
  • the second terminal, or the session management network element, or the user plane network element determines the IP address of the second N3IWF and the IP address of the first N3IWF during the PDU session establishment process Whether it matches. If it does not match, there is no need to establish a PDU session for the first terminal to provide a relay service, so as to prevent the data of the first terminal from bypassing the first N3IWF to reach the server, and at the same time, it can save network resources.
  • the IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF
  • the IP address of the second N3IWF provided by the first terminal may be determined as the IP address of the first N3IWF.
  • the user plane network element can determine whether the destination address of the received data packet matches the IP address of the second N3IWF provided by the first terminal.
  • the second terminal may determine whether the destination address of the received data of the first terminal matches the IP address of the second N3IWF provided by the first terminal.
  • the user plane network element can determine the first Second, the IP address of the N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
  • the user plane network element can match the destination address of the received data packet with IP1, IP2, and IP3, and if it matches, forward the data packet Give the N3IWF corresponding to the destination address.
  • the action performed by the second terminal is similar to that of the user plane network element, and will not be repeated.
  • the method shown in Figure 5 above describes that in the process of establishing a PDU session for the relay service for the second terminal, the second terminal, or the session management network element, or the user plane network element can determine the IP of the second N3IWF Whether the address matches the IP address of the first N3IWF, if they match, a PDU session for providing relay services is established for the second terminal, and if they do not match, the context of the first terminal is released.
  • the second terminal, or session management network element, or user plane network element judging whether the IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF may also occur after the PDU session is established for the second terminal. That is, the second terminal modifies the established PDU session.
  • the second terminal may initiate a PDU session modification process, and add the IP address of the second N3IWF to the PDU session modification process.
  • the second terminal, or the session management network element, or the user plane network element receives the second The IP address of the N3IWF, to determine whether the IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
  • each device includes a hardware structure and/or software module corresponding to each function.
  • the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
  • the embodiment of the present application may divide the function modules of each network element according to the foregoing method examples.
  • each function module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
  • FIG. 6 shows a communication device, and the communication device 60 may be a user plane network element or a chip or a system on a chip in a user plane network element.
  • the communication device 60 may be used to perform the functions of the user plane network element involved in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the communication device 60 shown in FIG. 6 includes: a receiving module 601, a processing module 602, and a sending module 603.
  • the receiving module 601 is configured to receive a data packet including data of the first terminal through a PDU session of the second terminal, and the second terminal is a relay node of the first terminal.
  • the processing module 602 is configured to determine whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
  • the sending module 603 is configured to send a data packet to the first N3IWF corresponding to the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session if it matches.
  • the communication device 60 refers to the behavior function of the user plane network element in the communication method described in FIG. 3a-5.
  • the receiving module 601 is also configured to receive the first N3IWF IP address that is used to instruct the user plane network element to determine whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF from the session management network element. Indication information; the processing module 602 is also used to determine whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the first indication information.
  • the receiving module 601 is further configured to receive second indication information from the session management network element for indicating that the PDU session is used for the relay service; the processing module 602 is further configured to, according to the second indication information, Determine whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
  • the receiving module 601 is also used to receive the third indication information from the session management network element; where the third indication information is used to indicate when the user plane network element determines the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session When it matches the IP address of the first N3IWF, it sends the data packet to the first N3IWF corresponding to the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session; the sending module 603 is further configured to send the data packet to the data packet carried by the PDU session according to the third indication information. The first N3IWF corresponding to the destination address sends the data packet.
  • the sending module 603 is also configured to send the fourth terminal including the identification information of the first terminal to the session management network element if the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF. Indication information; the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF.
  • the receiving module 601 is also used to receive fifth indication information from the session management network element; where the fifth indication information is used to indicate when the user plane network element determines the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session When the IP address of the first N3IWF does not match, send fourth instruction information to the session management network element; the sending module 603 is further configured to send fourth instruction information to the session management network element according to the fifth instruction information.
  • the receiving module 601 is also used for the user plane network element to receive the IP address of the second N3IWF provided by the first terminal of the session management network element; the sending module 603 is also used for sending to the session management network element
  • the sixth indication information including the identification information of the first terminal; the sixth indication information is used to indicate whether the IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
  • the receiving module 601 is further configured to receive seventh indication information from the session management network element for instructing the user plane network element to determine whether the IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF;
  • the sending module 603 is further configured to send sixth indication information to the session management network element according to the seventh indication information.
  • the user plane network element is pre-configured with the IP address of the first N3IWF; or the user plane network element receives the IP address of the first N3IWF from the session management network element; or the user plane network element receives the IP address from the session management network Based on the identification information of the public land mobile network PLMN of the meta, the IP address of the first N3IWF is determined according to the identification information of the PLMN.
  • the receiving module 601 is further configured to receive the identification information of the first terminal from the session management network element.
  • the identification information of the first terminal includes at least one of the following: an IP address allocated by the second terminal to the first terminal, identification information of a PDU session, and identity information of the first terminal.
  • the receiving module 601 and the sending module 603 in FIG. 6 can be replaced by a transceiver.
  • the transceiver can integrate the functions of the receiving module 601 and the sending module 603.
  • the processing module 602 can be replaced by a processor.
  • the processor may integrate the functions of the processing module 602.
  • the communication device 60 shown in FIG. 6 may also include a memory.
  • the communication device 60 involved in the embodiment of the present application may be the communication device shown in FIG. 2.
  • FIG. 7 shows a communication device, and the communication device 70 may be a session management network element or a chip or a system on a chip in a session management network element.
  • the communication device 70 may be used to perform the functions of the session management network element involved in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the communication device 70 shown in FIG. 7 includes a processing module 701 and a sending module 702.
  • the processing module 701 is configured to determine that the PDU session of the second terminal is used for a relay service; where the second terminal is a relay node of the first terminal.
  • the sending module 702 is configured to send to the user plane network element first indication information for instructing the user plane network element to determine whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF; the data packet includes the first terminal The data.
  • the communication device 70 refers to the behavior function of the session management network element in the communication method described in FIG. 3a-5.
  • the session management network element further includes a receiving module 703 configured to receive fourth indication information including identification information of the first terminal from the user plane network element; the fourth indication information is used to indicate PDU The destination address of the data packet carried by the session does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF.
  • the processing module 701 is further configured to release the context of the first terminal according to the fourth indication information.
  • the receiving module 703 is also used to receive the IP address of the second N3IWF provided by the first terminal of the mobility management network element; the processing module 701 is also used to determine the IP address of the second N3IWF and the first terminal 1. Whether the IP address of the N3IWF matches; if it does not match, delete the context of the first terminal.
  • the receiving module 703 is further configured to receive the sixth indication information including the identification information of the first terminal from the user plane network element; the sixth indication information is used to indicate the second N3IWF provided by the first terminal Whether the IP address matches the IP address of the first N3IWF; the processing module 701 is further configured to delete the context of the first terminal when the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the IP address of the second N3IWF does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF .
  • the receiving module 703 is also used to receive the identification information of the public land mobile network PLMN from the mobility management network element; the receiving module 703 is also used to send to the user plane network element according to the identification information of the PLMN The identification information of the PLMN and/or the IP address of the first N3IWF corresponding to the PLMN.
  • the receiving module 703 is also used to receive the IP address of the second N3IWF provided by the first terminal of the mobility management network element; the sending module 702 is also used to send the IP address of the second N3IWF to User plane network element.
  • the sending module 702 and the receiving module 703 in FIG. 7 can be replaced by a transceiver.
  • the transceiver can integrate the functions of the sending module 702 and the receiving module 703.
  • the processing module 701 can be replaced by a processor.
  • the processor may integrate the functions of the processing module 701.
  • the communication device 70 shown in FIG. 7 may also include a memory.
  • the sending module 702 and the receiving module 703 are replaced by a transceiver, and the processing module 701 is replaced by a processor, the communication device 70 involved in the embodiment of the present application may be the communication device shown in FIG. 2.
  • FIG. 8 shows a communication device, and the communication device 80 may be a second terminal or a chip or a system on a chip in the second terminal.
  • the communication device 80 may be used to perform the functions of the second terminal involved in the foregoing embodiments.
  • the communication device 80 shown in FIG. 8 includes: a receiving module 802, a processing module 803, and a sending module 801.
  • the sending module 801 is configured to send data of the first terminal through the PDU session of the second terminal.
  • the receiving module 802 is configured to receive the eighth indication information including the identification information of the first terminal from the mobility management network element.
  • the processing module 803 is configured to release the context of the first terminal according to the eighth indication information; where the second terminal is a relay node of the first terminal, and the eighth indication information is used to indicate to release the context of the first terminal.
  • the receiving module 802 is configured to receive the fourth indication information including the identification information of the first terminal from the mobility management network element.
  • the processing module 803 is configured to release the context of the first terminal according to the fourth indication information; wherein, the second terminal is a relay node of the first terminal, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the status of the data packet carried by the protocol data unit PDU session
  • the destination address does not match the Internet Protocol IP address of the first non-third-generation partner project interworking function network element N3IWF, and the data packet includes the data of the first terminal.
  • the receiving module 802 is configured to receive data from the first terminal; where the second terminal is a relay node of the first terminal, and the data of the first terminal is forwarded through a protocol data unit PDU session of the second terminal.
  • the processing module 803 is configured to determine whether the destination address of the data of the first terminal matches the Internet Protocol IP address of the first non-third-generation partner project interworking function network element N3IWF.
  • the sending module 801 is configured to send a data packet including data of the first terminal to the first N3IWF corresponding to the destination address through the PDU session of the second terminal if it matches.
  • the communication device 80 refers to the behavior function of the second terminal in the communication method described in FIG. 3a-5.
  • the receiving module 802 is also used to receive the IP address of the second N3IWF from the first terminal; the sending module 801 is used to send the IP address of the second N3IWF to the mobility management network element.
  • the receiving module 802 is also used to receive the identification information of the public land mobile network PLMN from the first terminal; the sending module 801 is also used to send the identification information of the PLMN to the mobility management network element.
  • the processing module 803 is also configured to release the context of the first terminal if the destination address of the data of the first terminal does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF.
  • the receiving module 802 is also used to receive the IP address of the second N3IWF from the first terminal; the processing module 803 is also used to determine whether the IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF ; If it does not match, delete the context of the first terminal.
  • the second terminal is pre-configured with the IP address of the first N3IWF; or the second terminal receives the IP address of the first N3IWF from the mobility management network element; or the second terminal receives the public address from the first terminal
  • the identification information of the land mobile network PLMN determines the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the identification information of the PLMN.
  • the sending module 801 and the receiving module 802 in FIG. 8 can be replaced by a transceiver, which can integrate the functions of the sending module 801 and the receiving module 802, and the processing module 803 can be replaced by a processor.
  • the processor may integrate the functions of the processing module 803.
  • the communication device 80 shown in FIG. 8 may also include a memory.
  • the sending module 801 and the receiving module 802 are replaced by a transceiver, and the processing module 803 is replaced by a processor, the communication device 80 involved in the embodiment of the present application may be the communication device shown in FIG. 2.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium. All or part of the processes in the foregoing method embodiments may be completed by a computer program instructing relevant hardware.
  • the program may be stored in the foregoing computer-readable storage medium. When the program is executed, it may include processes as in the foregoing method embodiments. .
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be an internal storage unit of the terminal (including the data sending end and/or the data receiving end) of any of the foregoing embodiments, such as the hard disk or memory of the terminal.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may also be an external storage device of the terminal, such as a plug-in hard disk, a smart media card (SMC), a secure digital (SD) card, and a flash memory card equipped on the terminal.
  • SMC smart media card
  • SD secure digital
  • the aforementioned computer-readable storage medium may also include both an internal storage unit of the aforementioned terminal and an external storage device.
  • the aforementioned computer-readable storage medium is used to store the aforementioned computer program and other programs and data required by the aforementioned terminal.
  • the aforementioned computer-readable storage medium can also be used to temporarily store data that has been output or will be output.
  • At least one (item) refers to one or more
  • “multiple” refers to two or more than two
  • “at least two (item)” refers to two or three And three or more
  • "and/or” is used to describe the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, "A and/or B” can mean: there is only A, only B and A at the same time And B three cases, where A, B can be singular or plural.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or” relationship.
  • At least one item (a) refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (a) or a plurality of items (a).
  • at least one of a, b, or c can mean: a, b, c, "a and b", “a and c", “b and c", or "a and b and c" ", where a, b, and c can be single or multiple.
  • the disclosed device and method may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the modules or units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods, for example, multiple units or components may be divided. It can be combined or integrated into another device, or some features can be omitted or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate parts may or may not be physically separate.
  • the parts displayed as units may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple different places. . Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit.
  • the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a readable storage medium.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solutions can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the software product is stored in a storage medium. It includes several instructions to make a device (which may be a single-chip microcomputer, a chip, etc.) or a processor (processor) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, ROM, RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes.

Abstract

Provided are a communication method, apparatus and system, which relate to the technical field of communications, and can solve the technical problem in the prior art of a network side being unable to find a terminal such that network authentication, billing or other control operations cannot be performed on the terminal. The method comprises: a user plane function receiving a data packet comprising data of a first terminal by means of a protocol data unit (PDU) session of a second terminal, wherein the second terminal is a relay node of the first terminal; the user plane function determining whether a destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches an IP address of a first N3IWF; and if so, sending the data packet to the first N3IWF corresponding to the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session.

Description

通信方法、装置及系统Communication method, device and system
本申请要求于2020年04月10日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202010281118.1、申请名称为“通信方法、装置及系统”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office on April 10, 2020, with the application number of 202010281118.1, the application name is "communication method, device and system", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference .
技术领域Technical field
本发明涉及通信技术领域,尤其是涉及一种通信方法、装置及系统。The present invention relates to the field of communication technology, in particular to a communication method, device and system.
背景技术Background technique
随着移动通信的高速发展,视频聊天、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)、增强现实(Augmented Reality,AR)等业务的普遍使用使得用户对带宽的需求越来越大。为了满足用户对带宽的需求,提出了设备到设备(device-to-device,D2D)通信。其中,D2D通信可以允许终端与终端之间通过邻近服务通信5(proximity-based services communication 5,PC5)接口进行通信。基于D2D通信,终端在处于网络覆盖范围之外或者与接入网网元之间通信信号不好时,可以选择其他终端作为中继节点,通过中继节点接入网络。With the rapid development of mobile communications, the widespread use of services such as video chat, virtual reality (VR), and augmented reality (AR) has increased the demand for bandwidth by users. In order to meet the user's demand for bandwidth, device-to-device (D2D) communication is proposed. Among them, D2D communication may allow communication between the terminal and the terminal through a proximity-based services communication 5 (PC5) interface. Based on D2D communication, when the terminal is outside the network coverage or the communication signal with the network element of the access network is not good, other terminals can be selected as relay nodes and access the network through the relay nodes.
现有技术中,终端可以通过中继节点建立的协议数据单元(protocol data unit,PDU)会话将数据发送至网络。例如,如图1a所示,终端可以通过中继节点建立的PDU会话将数据发送至中继节点对应的用户面网元(user plane function,UPF),由UPF将终端的数据转发至服务器。In the prior art, the terminal can send data to the network through a protocol data unit (PDU) session established by a relay node. For example, as shown in FIG. 1a, the terminal may send data to a user plane function (UPF) corresponding to the relay node through a PDU session established by the relay node, and the UPF forwards the data of the terminal to the server.
终端可以利用互联网协议安全性(internet protocol security,IPsec)隧道将数据或信令通过中继节点的PDU会话发送到终端对应的网络侧接入设备。终端对应的网络侧接入设备再将接收的数据或信令发送给核心网设备。利用IPsec隧道可以避免中继节点解析出终端的数据或信令。但是,该过程中网络侧可能无法发现终端,进而无法实现对终端的网络认证、计费或其他控制操作。The terminal can use an Internet protocol security (IPsec) tunnel to send data or signaling to the network-side access device corresponding to the terminal through the PDU session of the relay node. The network side access device corresponding to the terminal then sends the received data or signaling to the core network device. Using the IPsec tunnel can prevent the relay node from parsing out the data or signaling of the terminal. However, in this process, the network side may not be able to discover the terminal, and thus the network authentication, charging or other control operations of the terminal cannot be realized.
发明内容Summary of the invention
有鉴于此,本申请实施例的目的在于提供一种通信方法、装置及系统,能够解决数据传输的安全性问题。In view of this, the purpose of the embodiments of the present application is to provide a communication method, device, and system, which can solve the security problem of data transmission.
第一方面,提供了一种通信方法,该方法包括:用户面网元通过第二终端的PDU会话接收包括第一终端的数据的数据包,第二终端为第一终端的中继节点;用户面网元判断PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配;如果匹配,用户面网元向PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址对应的第一N3IWF发送数据包。In a first aspect, a communication method is provided, the method includes: a user plane network element receives a data packet including data of a first terminal through a PDU session of a second terminal, and the second terminal is a relay node of the first terminal; and a user The plane network element judges whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF; if they match, the user plane network element sends the data packet to the first N3IWF corresponding to the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session.
基于第一方面所述的方法,本申请实施例中,用户面网元可以对通过第二终端的PDU会话接收到的数据包进行检测,在数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址匹配时,进行数据转发,可以使得第一终端的数据通过第一N3IWF转发至第一终端建立的PDU会话对应的第一用户面网元,进而转发给数据网络中的服务器,使得网络侧可以通过第一N3IWF发现终端,进而实现对第一终端的网络认证、计费或其他控制操作。Based on the method described in the first aspect, in this embodiment of the application, the user plane network element can detect the data packet received through the PDU session of the second terminal, and the destination address of the data packet matches the IP address of the first N3IWF When the data is forwarded, the data of the first terminal can be forwarded to the first user plane network element corresponding to the PDU session established by the first terminal through the first N3IWF, and then forwarded to the server in the data network, so that the network side can pass the first N3IWF An N3IWF discovers the terminal, and then implements network authentication, charging or other control operations for the first terminal.
一种可能的设计中,结合第一方面,用户面网元接收来自会话管理网元的用于指示用户面网元判断PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配的第一 指示信息;根据第一指示信息,判断PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配。In a possible design, in combination with the first aspect, the user plane network element receives from the session management network element for instructing the user plane network element to determine whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF First indication information; according to the first indication information, it is determined whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
一种可能的设计中,结合第一方面,用户面网元接收来自会话管理网元的用于指示PDU会话用于中继服务的第二指示信息;根据第二指示信息,判断PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配。In a possible design, in combination with the first aspect, the user plane network element receives the second indication information from the session management network element for indicating that the PDU session is used for relay services; according to the second indication information, it is determined that the PDU session bears Whether the destination address of the data packet matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
基于上述两种可能的设计,用户面网元可以根据会话管理网元发送的显式的第一指示信息,判断PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配。也可以根据会话管理网元发送的隐式的第二指示信息,判断PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配。为用户面网元判断PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配提供了可行性方案。Based on the above two possible designs, the user plane network element can determine whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the explicit first indication information sent by the session management network element. It is also possible to determine whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the implicit second indication information sent by the session management network element. It provides a feasible solution for the user plane network element to determine whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
一种可能的设计中,结合第一方面或者第一方面的可能的设计,用户面网元接收来自会话管理网元的第三指示信息;其中,第三指示信息用于指示当用户面网元判断PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址匹配时,向PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址对应的第一N3IWF发送数据包;根据第三指示信息,向PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址对应的第一N3IWF发送数据包。In a possible design, in combination with the first aspect or the possible design of the first aspect, the user plane network element receives the third indication information from the session management network element; where the third indication information is used to indicate when the user plane network element is When it is judged that the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF, the data packet is sent to the first N3IWF corresponding to the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session; The first N3IWF corresponding to the destination address of the data packet sends the data packet.
基于该可能的设计,用户面网元可以根据会话管理网元发送的第三指示信息,向PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址对应的第一N3IWF发送数据包,为用户面网元向第一N3IWF发送数据包提供了可行性方案。Based on this possible design, the user plane network element can send a data packet to the first N3IWF corresponding to the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session according to the third instruction information sent by the session management network element, for the user plane network element to send the data packet to the first N3IWF. N3IWF provides a feasible solution for sending data packets.
一种可能的设计中,结合第一方面或者第一方面的可能的设计,如果PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配,用户面网元向会话管理网元发送包括第一终端的标识信息的第四指示信息;第四指示信息用于指示PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配。In a possible design, in combination with the first aspect or the possible design of the first aspect, if the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF, the user plane network element sends to the session management network element The fourth indication information including the identification information of the first terminal; the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF.
基于该可能的设计,当数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配时,用户面网元可以向会话管理网元发送第四指示信息,以使会话管理网元根据第四指示信息释放第一终端的上下文,避免第一终端绕开第一N3IWF将数据发送给服务器。Based on this possible design, when the destination address of the data packet does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF, the user plane network element can send fourth indication information to the session management network element, so that the session management network element can follow the fourth indication information Release the context of the first terminal to prevent the first terminal from bypassing the first N3IWF and sending data to the server.
一种可能的设计中,结合第一方面或者第一方面的可能的设计,用户面网元接收来自会话管理网元的第五指示信息;其中,第五指示信息用于指示当用户面网元判断PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配时,向会话管理网元发送第四指示信息;根据第五指示信息,向会话管理网元发送第四指示信息。In a possible design, in combination with the first aspect or the possible design of the first aspect, the user plane network element receives the fifth indication information from the session management network element; wherein the fifth indication information is used to indicate when the user plane network element is When it is determined that the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF, the fourth instruction information is sent to the session management network element; according to the fifth instruction information, the fourth instruction information is sent to the session management network element.
基于该可能的设计,用户面网元可以根据会话管理网元发送的第五指示信息,向会话管理网元发送第四指示信息,为用户面网元向会话管理网元发送第四指示信息提供了可行性方案。Based on this possible design, the user plane network element can send fourth instruction information to the session management network element according to the fifth instruction information sent by the session management network element, so that the user plane network element can send the fourth instruction information to the session management network element. A feasible plan.
一种可能的设计中,结合第一方面或者第一方面的可能的设计,用户面网元接收来自会话管理网元的第一终端提供的第二N3IWF的IP地址;用户面网元向会话管理网元发送包括第一终端的标识信息的第六指示信息;第六指示信息用于指示第二N3IWF的IP地址是否与第一N3IWF的IP地址匹配。In a possible design, in combination with the first aspect or the possible design of the first aspect, the user plane network element receives the IP address of the second N3IWF provided by the first terminal from the session management network element; the user plane network element reports to the session management The network element sends the sixth indication information including the identification information of the first terminal; the sixth indication information is used to indicate whether the IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
基于该可能的设计,用户面网元在接收到第二N3IWF的IP地址后,可以对第二N3IWF的IP地址进行检测,判断其是否与第一N3IWF的IP地址匹配。如果匹配,则可以将第二N3IWF的IP地址确定为第一N3IWF的IP地址,在后续数据传输过程中,可以通过检测 数据包的目的地址与第二N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配,来确定是否将数据包发送给对应的第一N3IWF,降低匹配复杂度。如果不匹配,则可以指示会话管理网元与第二终端释放第一终端的上下文,避免第一终端绕开第一N3IWF将数据发送给服务器。Based on this possible design, after receiving the IP address of the second N3IWF, the user plane network element can detect the IP address of the second N3IWF to determine whether it matches the IP address of the first N3IWF. If it matches, the IP address of the second N3IWF can be determined as the IP address of the first N3IWF. In the subsequent data transmission process, it can be determined whether the destination address of the data packet matches the IP address of the second N3IWF. The data packet is sent to the corresponding first N3IWF, reducing the matching complexity. If they do not match, the session management network element and the second terminal may be instructed to release the context of the first terminal, so as to prevent the first terminal from bypassing the first N3IWF and sending the data to the server.
一种可能的设计中,结合第一方面或者第一方面的可能的设计,用户面网元接收来自会话管理网元的用于指示用户面网元判断第二N3IWF的IP地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配的第七指示信息;根据第七指示信息,向会话管理网元发送第六指示信息。In a possible design, in combination with the first aspect or the possible design of the first aspect, the user plane network element receives from the session management network element for instructing the user plane network element to determine the IP address of the second N3IWF and the IP address of the first N3IWF The seventh indication information of whether the IP address matches; according to the seventh indication information, the sixth indication information is sent to the session management network element.
基于该可能的设计,用户面网元可以根据会话管理网元发送的第七指示信息,发送第六指示信息,为用户面网元向会话管理网元发送第六指示信息提供了可行性方案。Based on this possible design, the user plane network element can send the sixth instruction information according to the seventh instruction information sent by the session management network element, which provides a feasible solution for the user plane network element to send the sixth instruction information to the session management network element.
一种可能的设计中,结合第一方面或者第一方面的可能的设计,用户面网元预先配置有第一N3IWF的IP地址;或者用户面网元接收来自会话管理网元的第一N3IWF的IP地址;或者用户面网元接收来自会话管理网元的公共陆地移动网络PLMN的标识信息,根据PLMN的标识信息,确定第一N3IWF的IP地址。In a possible design, in combination with the first aspect or the possible design of the first aspect, the user plane network element is pre-configured with the IP address of the first N3IWF; or the user plane network element receives the first N3IWF from the session management network element IP address; or the user plane network element receives the identification information of the public land mobile network PLMN from the session management network element, and determines the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the identification information of the PLMN.
基于该可能的设计,为用户面网元获取第一N3IWF的IP地址提供了可行性方案。Based on this possible design, a feasible solution is provided for the user plane network element to obtain the IP address of the first N3IWF.
一种可能的设计中,结合第一方面或者第一方面的可能的设计,用户面网元接收来自会话管理网元的第一终端的标识信息。In a possible design, in combination with the first aspect or the possible design of the first aspect, the user plane network element receives the identification information of the first terminal from the session management network element.
一种可能的设计中,结合第一方面或者第一方面的可能的设计,第一终端的标识信息包括以下至少一种:第二终端为第一终端分配的IP地址、PDU会话的标识信息、第一终端的身份信息。In a possible design, in combination with the first aspect or the possible design of the first aspect, the identification information of the first terminal includes at least one of the following: an IP address allocated by the second terminal to the first terminal, identification information of a PDU session, Identity information of the first terminal.
基于该可能的设计,第一终端的标识信息可以为第二终端为第一终端分配的IP地址、或PDU会话的标识信息、或第一终端的身份信息,还可以是其他用于指示第一终端的信息,不予限制。Based on this possible design, the identification information of the first terminal may be the IP address allocated by the second terminal to the first terminal, or the identification information of the PDU session, or the identity information of the first terminal, or other information used to indicate the first terminal. The information of the terminal is not restricted.
第二方面,提供了一种通信装置,通信装置可以实现上述第一方面或者第一方面可能的设计中用户面网元所执行的功能,所述功能可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个上述功能相应的模块。如:该通信装置包括:接收模块,处理模块,发送模块。In a second aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device can implement the functions performed by the user plane network element in the first aspect or the possible design of the first aspect, and the functions can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions. For example, the communication device includes: a receiving module, a processing module, and a sending module.
接收模块,用于通过第二终端的PDU会话接收包括第一终端的数据的数据包,第二终端为第一终端的中继节点。The receiving module is configured to receive a data packet including data of the first terminal through a PDU session of the second terminal, and the second terminal is a relay node of the first terminal.
处理模块,用于判断PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配。The processing module is used to determine whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
发送模块,用于如果匹配,向PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址对应的第一N3IWF发送数据包。The sending module is configured to send the data packet to the first N3IWF corresponding to the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session if it matches.
其中,该通信装置的具体实现方式可参考第一方面或第一方面的任一种可能的设计提供的通信方法中用户面网元的行为功能,基于第二方面所述的通信装置,用户面网元可以对通过第二终端的PDU会话接收到的数据包进行检测,在数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址匹配时,进行数据转发,可以使得第一终端的数据通过第一N3IWF转发至第一终端建立的PDU会话对应的第一用户面网元,进而转发给数据网络中的服务器,使得网络侧可以通过第一N3IWF发现终端,进而实现对第一终端的网络认证、计费或其他控制操作。The specific implementation of the communication device may refer to the behavior function of the user plane network element in the communication method provided in the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect. Based on the communication device described in the second aspect, the user plane The network element can detect the data packet received through the PDU session of the second terminal, and when the destination address of the data packet matches the IP address of the first N3IWF, forward the data, so that the data of the first terminal can pass through the first N3IWF It is forwarded to the first user plane network element corresponding to the PDU session established by the first terminal, and then forwarded to the server in the data network, so that the network side can discover the terminal through the first N3IWF, and then realize the network authentication and charging of the first terminal Or other control operations.
一种可能的设计中,结合第二方面,接收模块,还用于接收来自会话管理网元的用于 指示用户面网元判断PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配的第一指示信息;处理模块,还用于根据第一指示信息,判断PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配。In a possible design, in combination with the second aspect, the receiving module is also used to receive from the session management network element for instructing the user plane network element to determine whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session is the same as the IP address of the first N3IWF Matching first indication information; the processing module is further configured to determine whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the first indication information.
一种可能的设计中,结合第二方面,接收模块,还用于接收来自会话管理网元的用于指示PDU会话用于中继服务的第二指示信息;处理模块,还用于根据第二指示信息,判断PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配。In a possible design, in combination with the second aspect, the receiving module is further configured to receive second indication information from the session management network element for indicating that the PDU session is used for the relay service; the processing module is further configured to Indication information to determine whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
基于上述两种可能的设计,用户面网元可以根据会话管理网元发送的显式的第一指示信息,判断PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配。也可以根据会话管理网元发送的隐式的第二指示信息,判断PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配。为用户面网元判断PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配提供了可行性方案。Based on the above two possible designs, the user plane network element can determine whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the explicit first indication information sent by the session management network element. It is also possible to determine whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the implicit second indication information sent by the session management network element. It provides a feasible solution for the user plane network element to determine whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
一种可能的设计中,结合第二方面或者第二方面的可能的设计,接收模块,还用于接收来自会话管理网元的第三指示信息;其中,第三指示信息用于指示当用户面网元判断PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址匹配时,向PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址对应的第一N3IWF发送数据包;发送模块,还用于根据第三指示信息,向PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址对应的第一N3IWF发送数据包。In a possible design, in combination with the second aspect or the possible design of the second aspect, the receiving module is also used to receive the third indication information from the session management network element; wherein the third indication information is used to indicate the user plane When the network element judges that the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF, it sends the data packet to the first N3IWF corresponding to the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session; Indication information, sending a data packet to the first N3IWF corresponding to the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session.
基于该可能的设计,用户面网元可以根据会话管理网元发送的第三指示信息,向PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址对应的第一N3IWF发送数据包,为用户面网元向第一N3IWF发送数据包提供了可行性方案。Based on this possible design, the user plane network element can send a data packet to the first N3IWF corresponding to the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session according to the third instruction information sent by the session management network element, for the user plane network element to send the data packet to the first N3IWF. N3IWF provides a feasible solution for sending data packets.
一种可能的设计中,结合第二方面或者第二方面的可能的设计,发送模块,还用于如果PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配,向会话管理网元发送包括第一终端的标识信息的第四指示信息;第四指示信息用于指示PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配。In a possible design, in combination with the second aspect or the possible design of the second aspect, the sending module is also used to send a message to the session management network if the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF The meta sends fourth indication information including the identification information of the first terminal; the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF.
基于该可能的设计,当数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配时,用户面网元可以向会话管理网元发送第四指示信息,以使会话管理网元根据第四指示信息释放第一终端的上下文,避免第一终端绕开第一N3IWF将数据发送给服务器。Based on this possible design, when the destination address of the data packet does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF, the user plane network element can send fourth indication information to the session management network element, so that the session management network element can follow the fourth indication information Release the context of the first terminal to prevent the first terminal from bypassing the first N3IWF and sending data to the server.
一种可能的设计中,结合第二方面或者第二方面的可能的设计,接收模块,还用于接收来自会话管理网元的第五指示信息;其中,第五指示信息用于指示当用户面网元判断PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配时,向会话管理网元发送第四指示信息;发送模块,还用于根据第五指示信息,向会话管理网元发送第四指示信息。In a possible design, in combination with the second aspect or the possible design of the second aspect, the receiving module is also used to receive the fifth indication information from the session management network element; wherein the fifth indication information is used to indicate the user plane When the network element judges that the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF, it sends fourth indication information to the session management network element; the sending module is also used to send fourth indication information to the session management network according to the fifth indication information The element sends the fourth instruction information.
基于该可能的设计,用户面网元可以根据会话管理网元发送的第五指示信息,向会话管理网元发送第四指示信息,为用户面网元向会话管理网元发送第四指示信息提供了可行性方案。Based on this possible design, the user plane network element can send fourth instruction information to the session management network element according to the fifth instruction information sent by the session management network element, so that the user plane network element can send the fourth instruction information to the session management network element. A feasible plan.
一种可能的设计中,结合第二方面或者第二方面的可能的设计,接收模块,还用于用户面网元接收来自会话管理网元的第一终端提供的第二N3IWF的IP地址;发送模块,还用于向会话管理网元发送包括第一终端的标识信息的第六指示信息;第六指示信息用于指示第二N3IWF的IP地址是否与第一N3IWF的IP地址匹配。In a possible design, in combination with the second aspect or the possible design of the second aspect, the receiving module is also used for the user plane network element to receive the IP address of the second N3IWF provided by the first terminal of the session management network element; and to send; The module is also used to send sixth indication information including identification information of the first terminal to the session management network element; the sixth indication information is used to indicate whether the IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
基于该可能的设计,用户面网元在接收到第二N3IWF的IP地址后,可以对第二N3IWF 的IP地址进行检测,判断其是否与第一N3IWF的IP地址匹配。如果匹配,则可以将第二N3IWF的IP地址确定为第一N3IWF的IP地址,在后续数据传输过程中,可以通过检测数据包的目的地址与第二N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配,来确定是否将数据包发送给对应的第一N3IWF,降低匹配复杂度。如果不匹配,则可以指示会话管理网元与第二终端释放第一终端的上下文,避免第一终端绕开第一N3IWF将数据发送给服务器。Based on this possible design, after receiving the IP address of the second N3IWF, the user plane network element can detect the IP address of the second N3IWF to determine whether it matches the IP address of the first N3IWF. If it matches, the IP address of the second N3IWF can be determined as the IP address of the first N3IWF. In the subsequent data transmission process, it can be determined whether the destination address of the data packet matches the IP address of the second N3IWF. The data packet is sent to the corresponding first N3IWF, reducing the matching complexity. If they do not match, the session management network element and the second terminal may be instructed to release the context of the first terminal, so as to prevent the first terminal from bypassing the first N3IWF and sending the data to the server.
一种可能的设计中,结合第二方面或者第二方面的可能的设计,接收模块,还用于接收来自会话管理网元的用于指示用户面网元判断第二N3IWF的IP地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配的第七指示信息;发送模块,还用于根据第七指示信息,向会话管理网元发送第六指示信息。In a possible design, in combination with the second aspect or the possible design of the second aspect, the receiving module is also used to receive from the session management network element for instructing the user plane network element to determine the IP address of the second N3IWF and the first Seventh indication information indicating whether the IP address of the N3IWF matches or not; the sending module is further configured to send sixth indication information to the session management network element according to the seventh indication information.
基于该可能的设计,用户面网元可以根据会话管理网元发送的第七指示信息,发送第六指示信息,为用户面网元向会话管理网元发送第六指示信息提供了可行性方案。Based on this possible design, the user plane network element can send the sixth instruction information according to the seventh instruction information sent by the session management network element, which provides a feasible solution for the user plane network element to send the sixth instruction information to the session management network element.
一种可能的设计中,结合第二方面或者第二方面的可能的设计,用户面网元预先配置有第一N3IWF的IP地址;或者用户面网元接收来自会话管理网元的第一N3IWF的IP地址;或者用户面网元接收来自会话管理网元的公共陆地移动网络PLMN的标识信息,根据PLMN的标识信息,确定第一N3IWF的IP地址。In a possible design, in combination with the second aspect or the possible design of the second aspect, the user plane network element is pre-configured with the IP address of the first N3IWF; or the user plane network element receives the first N3IWF from the session management network element IP address; or the user plane network element receives the identification information of the public land mobile network PLMN from the session management network element, and determines the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the identification information of the PLMN.
基于该可能的设计,为用户面网元获取第一N3IWF的IP地址提供了可行性方案。Based on this possible design, a feasible solution is provided for the user plane network element to obtain the IP address of the first N3IWF.
一种可能的设计中,结合第二方面或者第二方面的可能的设计,接收模块,还用于接收来自会话管理网元的第一终端的标识信息。In a possible design, in combination with the second aspect or the possible design of the second aspect, the receiving module is further configured to receive the identification information of the first terminal from the session management network element.
一种可能的设计中,结合第二方面或者第二方面的可能的设计,第一终端的标识信息包括以下至少一种:第二终端为第一终端分配的IP地址、PDU会话的标识信息、第一终端的身份信息。In a possible design, in combination with the second aspect or the possible design of the second aspect, the identification information of the first terminal includes at least one of the following: the IP address allocated by the second terminal to the first terminal, the identification information of the PDU session, Identity information of the first terminal.
基于该可能的设计,第一终端的标识信息可以为第二终端为第一终端分配的IP地址、或PDU会话的标识信息、或第一终端的身份信息,还可以是其他用于指示第一终端的信息,不予限制。Based on this possible design, the identification information of the first terminal may be the IP address allocated by the second terminal to the first terminal, or the identification information of the PDU session, or the identity information of the first terminal, or other information used to indicate the first terminal. The information of the terminal is not restricted.
第三方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为用户面网元或者用户面网元中的芯片或者片上系统。该通信装置可以实现上述各方面或者各可能的设计中用户面网元所执行的功能,所述功能可以通过硬件实现。一种可能的设计中,该通信装置可以包括:收发器和处理器。收发器和处理器可以用于支持通信装置实现上述第一方面或者第一方面的任一种可能的设计中所涉及的功能。例如:收发器可以用于通过第二终端的PDU会话接收包括第一终端的数据的数据包,第二终端为第一终端的中继节点;处理器可以用于判断PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配;如果匹配,收发器还可以用于向PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址对应的第一N3IWF发送数据包。在又一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置还可以包括存储器,存储器用于保存通信装置必要的计算机执行指令和数据。当该通信装置运行时,该收发器和处理器执行该存储器存储的该计算机执行指令,以使该通信装置执行如上述第一方面或者第一方面的任一种可能的设计所述的通信方法。In a third aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device may be a user plane network element or a chip or a system on a chip in a user plane network element. The communication device can realize the functions performed by the user plane network elements in the above-mentioned aspects or various possible designs, and the functions can be realized by hardware. In a possible design, the communication device may include a transceiver and a processor. The transceiver and the processor may be used to support the communication device to implement the foregoing first aspect or the functions involved in any possible design of the first aspect. For example: the transceiver can be used to receive a data packet including data of the first terminal through the PDU session of the second terminal, and the second terminal is the relay node of the first terminal; the processor can be used to determine the status of the data packet carried by the PDU session Whether the destination address matches the IP address of the first N3IWF; if they match, the transceiver can also be used to send a data packet to the first N3IWF corresponding to the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session. In another possible design, the communication device may further include a memory, and the memory is used to store necessary computer-executable instructions and data of the communication device. When the communication device is running, the transceiver and the processor execute the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes the communication method described in the first aspect or any one of the possible designs of the first aspect. .
其中,该通信装置的具体实现方式可参考第一方面或第一方面的任一种可能的设计提供的通信方法中用户面网元的行为功能。The specific implementation of the communication device may refer to the first aspect or the behavior function of the user plane network element in the communication method provided by any possible design of the first aspect.
第四方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置包括一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存 储器;一个或多个存储器与一个或多个处理器耦合,一个或多个存储器用于存储计算机程序代码或计算机指令;当一个或多个处理器执行计算机指令时,使得通信装置执行如第一方面或者第一方面的任一可能的设计所述的通信方法。In a fourth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes one or more processors and one or more memories; the one or more memories are coupled with the one or more processors, and the one or more memories are used for storing Computer program code or computer instructions; when one or more processors execute the computer instructions, it causes the communication device to execute the communication method as described in the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect.
第五方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机指令或程序,当计算机指令或程序在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如第一方面或者第一方面的任一可能的设计所述的通信方法。In a fifth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided. The computer-readable storage medium stores computer instructions or programs. When the computer instructions or programs are run on a computer, the computer executes the steps described in the first aspect or the first aspect. Any possible design of the communication method described.
第六方面,提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如第一方面或者第一方面的任一可能的设计所述的通信方法。In a sixth aspect, a computer program product containing instructions is provided, which when running on a computer, causes the computer to execute the communication method as described in the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect.
第七方面,提供了一种芯片系统,所述芯片系统包括一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器;一个或多个存储器与一个或多个处理器耦合,一个或多个存储器中存储有计算机程序代码或计算机指令;当所述一个或多个处理器执行所述计算机程序代码或计算机指令时,使得所述芯片系统执行如上述第一方面或者第一方面的任一可能的设计所述的通信方法。In a seventh aspect, a chip system is provided. The chip system includes one or more processors and one or more memories; the one or more memories are coupled to the one or more processors, and the one or more memories store There are computer program codes or computer instructions; when the one or more processors execute the computer program codes or computer instructions, the chip system is caused to execute the above-mentioned first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect The communication method mentioned.
其中,第三方面至第七方面中任一种设计方式所带来的技术效果可参见上述第一方面至第二方面的任一种可能的设计所带来的技术效果,不再赘述。Among them, the technical effects brought about by any one of the design methods of the third aspect to the seventh aspect can be referred to the technical effects brought about by any possible design of the above-mentioned first aspect to the second aspect, and will not be repeated here.
第八方面,提供了一种通信方法,该方法包括:会话管理网元确定第二终端的PDU会话用于中继服务;其中,第二终端为第一终端的中继节点;会话管理网元向用户面网元发送用于指示用户面网元判断PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配的第一指示信息;数据包包括第一终端的数据。In an eighth aspect, a communication method is provided, the method comprising: a session management network element determining that a PDU session of a second terminal is used for a relay service; wherein the second terminal is a relay node of the first terminal; and the session management network element Send to the user plane network element first indication information for instructing the user plane network element to determine whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF; the data packet includes the data of the first terminal.
基于第八方面,当会话管理网元确定第二终端的PDU会话用于中继服务时,可以向用户面网元发送第一指示信息,以使用户面网元根据判断PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配,如果数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址匹配,进行数据转发,可以使得第一终端的数据通过第一N3IWF转发至第一终端建立的PDU会话对应的第一用户面网元,进而转发给数据网络中的服务器,使得网络侧可以通过第一N3IWF发现终端,进而实现对第一终端的网络认证、计费或其他控制操作。Based on the eighth aspect, when the session management network element determines that the PDU session of the second terminal is used for the relay service, it can send the first indication information to the user plane network element so that the user plane network element can determine the data packet carried by the PDU session according to If the destination address of the data packet matches the IP address of the first N3IWF, if the destination address of the data packet matches the IP address of the first N3IWF, data is forwarded so that the data of the first terminal can be forwarded to the first terminal through the first N3IWF. The first user plane network element corresponding to the PDU session is then forwarded to the server in the data network, so that the network side can discover the terminal through the first N3IWF, thereby implementing network authentication, charging or other control operations for the first terminal.
一种可能的设计中,结合第八方面,会话管理网元接收来自用户面网元的包括第一终端的标识信息的第四指示信息;第四指示信息用于指示PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配。In a possible design, in combination with the eighth aspect, the session management network element receives the fourth indication information including the identification information of the first terminal from the user plane network element; the fourth indication information is used to indicate the data packets carried by the PDU session The destination address does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF.
一种可能的设计中,结合第八方面或者第八方面可能的设计,会话管理网元根据第四指示信息,释放第一终端的上下文。In a possible design, in combination with the eighth aspect or the possible design of the eighth aspect, the session management network element releases the context of the first terminal according to the fourth indication information.
基于上述两种可能的设计,会话管理网元可以根据用户面网元发送的第四指示信息确定PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配,进而释放第一终端的上下文,避免第一终端绕开第一N3IWF将数据发送给服务器。Based on the above two possible designs, the session management network element can determine according to the fourth indication information sent by the user plane network element that the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF, thereby releasing the first terminal's IP address. Context, to prevent the first terminal from bypassing the first N3IWF and sending data to the server.
一种可能的设计中,结合第八方面或者第八方面可能的设计,会话管理网元接收来自移动性管理网元的第一终端提供的第二N3IWF的IP地址;会话管理网元判断第二N3IWF的IP地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配;如果不匹配,会话管理网元删除第一终端的上下文。In a possible design, in combination with the eighth aspect or the possible design of the eighth aspect, the session management network element receives the IP address of the second N3IWF provided by the first terminal of the mobility management network element; the session management network element determines the second Whether the IP address of the N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF; if they do not match, the session management network element deletes the context of the first terminal.
基于该可能的设计,会话管理网元可以判断接收到的第二N3IWF的IP地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配,如果不匹配,则可以删除第一终端的上下文,避免第一终端 绕开第一N3IWF将数据发送给服务器。Based on this possible design, the session management network element can determine whether the received IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF, and if it does not match, the context of the first terminal can be deleted to prevent the first terminal from bypassing The first N3IWF sends the data to the server.
一种可能的设计中,结合第八方面或者第八方面可能的设计,会话管理网元接收来自用户面网元的包括第一终端的标识信息的第六指示信息;第六指示信息用于指示第一终端提供的第二N3IWF的IP地址是否与第一N3IWF的IP地址匹配;当第六指示信息用于指示第二N3IWF的IP地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配时,会话管理网元删除第一终端的上下文。In a possible design, in combination with the eighth aspect or the possible design of the eighth aspect, the session management network element receives the sixth indication information including the identification information of the first terminal from the user plane network element; the sixth indication information is used to indicate Whether the IP address of the second N3IWF provided by the first terminal matches the IP address of the first N3IWF; when the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the IP address of the second N3IWF does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF, the session management network element Delete the context of the first terminal.
基于该可能的设计,会话管理网元也可以根据用户面网元发送的第六指示信息来确定第二N3IWF的IP地址是否与第一N3IWF的IP地址匹配,并在第二N3IWF的IP地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配时,删除第一终端的上下文,避免第一终端绕开第一N3IWF将数据发送给服务器。Based on this possible design, the session management network element can also determine whether the IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the sixth indication information sent by the user plane network element, and the IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the second N3IWF. When the IP address of the first N3IWF does not match, the context of the first terminal is deleted to prevent the first terminal from bypassing the first N3IWF and sending data to the server.
一种可能的设计中,结合第八方面或者第八方面可能的设计,会话管理网元接收来自移动性管理网元的公共陆地移动网络PLMN的标识信息;会话管理网元根据PLMN的标识信息,向用户面网元发送PLMN的标识信息和/或PLMN对应的第一N3IWF的IP地址。In a possible design, in combination with the eighth aspect or the possible design of the eighth aspect, the session management network element receives the identification information of the public land mobile network PLMN from the mobility management network element; the session management network element is based on the identification information of the PLMN, Send the identification information of the PLMN and/or the IP address of the first N3IWF corresponding to the PLMN to the user plane network element.
基于该可能的设计,会话管理网元可以直接将PLMN的标识信息发送给用户面网元,以使用户面网元根据PLMN的标识信息确定第一N3IWF的IP地址,会话管理网元也可以根据PLMN的标识信息确定第一N3IWF的IP地址,直接将第一N3IWF的IP地址发送给用户面网元。Based on this possible design, the session management network element can directly send the identification information of the PLMN to the user plane network element, so that the user plane network element can determine the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the identification information of the PLMN, and the session management network element can also The identification information of the PLMN determines the IP address of the first N3IWF, and directly sends the IP address of the first N3IWF to the user plane network element.
一种可能的设计中,结合第八方面或者第八方面可能的设计,会话管理网元接收来自移动性管理网元的第一终端提供的第二N3IWF的IP地址;会话管理网元将第二N3IWF的IP地址发送给用户面网元。In a possible design, in combination with the eighth aspect or the possible design of the eighth aspect, the session management network element receives the IP address of the second N3IWF provided by the first terminal of the mobility management network element; the session management network element sets the second The IP address of the N3IWF is sent to the user plane network element.
基于该可能的设计,会话管理网元将第二N3IWF的IP地址发送给用户面网元,便于用户面网元判断第二N3IWF的IP地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配。Based on this possible design, the session management network element sends the IP address of the second N3IWF to the user plane network element, so that the user plane network element can judge whether the IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
第九方面,提供了一种通信装置,通信装置可以实现上述第八方面或者第八方面可能的设计中会话管理网元所执行的功能,所述功能可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个上述功能相应的模块。如:该通信装置包括:处理模块,发送模块。In a ninth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device can implement the functions performed by the session management network element in the eighth aspect or the possible design of the eighth aspect, and the functions can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions. For example, the communication device includes: a processing module and a sending module.
处理模块,用于确定第二终端的PDU会话用于中继服务;其中,第二终端为第一终端的中继节点。The processing module is configured to determine that the PDU session of the second terminal is used for the relay service; wherein, the second terminal is a relay node of the first terminal.
发送模块,用于向用户面网元发送用于指示用户面网元判断PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配的第一指示信息;数据包包括第一终端的数据。The sending module is used to send to the user plane network element first indication information for instructing the user plane network element to determine whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF; the data packet includes the first terminal's data.
其中,该通信装置的具体实现方式可参考第八方面或第八方面的任一种可能的设计提供的通信方法中会话管理网元的行为功能,基于第九方面所述的通信装置,当会话管理网元确定第二终端的PDU会话用于中继服务时,可以向用户面网元发送第一指示信息,以使用户面网元根据判断PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配,如果数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址匹配,进行数据转发,可以使得第一终端的数据通过第一N3IWF转发至第一终端建立的PDU会话对应的第一用户面网元,进而转发给数据网络中的服务器,使得网络侧可以通过第一N3IWF发现终端,进而实现对第一终端的网络认证、计费或其他控制操作。The specific implementation of the communication device can refer to the behavior function of the session management network element in the communication method provided in the eighth aspect or any one of the possible designs of the eighth aspect. Based on the communication device described in the ninth aspect, when the session When the management network element determines that the PDU session of the second terminal is used for the relay service, it may send the first indication information to the user plane network element so that the user plane network element can determine the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session and the first N3IWF If the IP address of the data packet matches, if the destination address of the data packet matches the IP address of the first N3IWF, perform data forwarding, so that the data of the first terminal can be forwarded to the first user corresponding to the PDU session established by the first terminal through the first N3IWF The plane network element is then forwarded to the server in the data network, so that the network side can discover the terminal through the first N3IWF, and then implement network authentication, charging or other control operations for the first terminal.
一种可能的设计中,结合第九方面,会话管理网元还包括接收模块,接收模块用于接收来自用户面网元的包括第一终端的标识信息的第四指示信息;第四指示信息用于指示PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配。In a possible design, with reference to the ninth aspect, the session management network element further includes a receiving module, and the receiving module is configured to receive fourth indication information including the identification information of the first terminal from the user plane network element; the fourth indication information is used for It indicates that the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF.
一种可能的设计中,结合第九方面或者第九方面可能的设计,处理模块,还用于根据第四指示信息,释放第一终端的上下文。In a possible design, in combination with the ninth aspect or the possible designs of the ninth aspect, the processing module is further configured to release the context of the first terminal according to the fourth indication information.
基于上述两种可能的设计,会话管理网元可以根据用户面网元发送的第四指示信息确定PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配,进而释放第一终端的上下文,避免第一终端绕开第一N3IWF将数据发送给服务器。Based on the above two possible designs, the session management network element can determine according to the fourth indication information sent by the user plane network element that the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF, thereby releasing the first terminal's IP address. Context, to prevent the first terminal from bypassing the first N3IWF and sending data to the server.
一种可能的设计中,结合第九方面或者第九方面可能的设计,接收模块,还用于接收来自移动性管理网元的第一终端提供的第二N3IWF的IP地址;处理模块,还用于判断第二N3IWF的IP地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配;如果不匹配,删除第一终端的上下文。In a possible design, in combination with the ninth aspect or the possible design of the ninth aspect, the receiving module is also used to receive the IP address of the second N3IWF provided by the first terminal of the mobility management network element; the processing module is also used To determine whether the IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF; if it does not match, delete the context of the first terminal.
基于该可能的设计,会话管理网元可以判断接收到的第二N3IWF的IP地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配,如果不匹配,则可以删除第一终端的上下文,避免第一终端绕开第一N3IWF将数据发送给服务器。Based on this possible design, the session management network element can determine whether the received IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF, and if it does not match, the context of the first terminal can be deleted to prevent the first terminal from bypassing The first N3IWF sends the data to the server.
一种可能的设计中,结合第九方面或者第九方面可能的设计,接收模块,还用于接收来自用户面网元的包括第一终端的标识信息的第六指示信息;第六指示信息用于指示第一终端提供的第二N3IWF的IP地址是否与第一N3IWF的IP地址匹配;处理模块,还用于当第六指示信息用于指示第二N3IWF的IP地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配时,删除第一终端的上下文。In a possible design, in combination with the ninth aspect or the possible design of the ninth aspect, the receiving module is further configured to receive the sixth indication information including the identification information of the first terminal from the user plane network element; the sixth indication information is used for To indicate whether the IP address of the second N3IWF provided by the first terminal matches the IP address of the first N3IWF; the processing module is also used for when the sixth indication information is used to indicate the IP address of the second N3IWF and the IP address of the first N3IWF When there is no match, delete the context of the first terminal.
基于该可能的设计,会话管理网元也可以根据用户面网元发送的第六指示信息来确定第二N3IWF的IP地址是否与第一N3IWF的IP地址匹配,并在第二N3IWF的IP地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配时,删除第一终端的上下文,避免第一终端绕开第一N3IWF将数据发送给服务器。Based on this possible design, the session management network element can also determine whether the IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the sixth indication information sent by the user plane network element, and the IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the second N3IWF. When the IP address of the first N3IWF does not match, the context of the first terminal is deleted to prevent the first terminal from bypassing the first N3IWF and sending data to the server.
一种可能的设计中,结合第九方面或者第九方面可能的设计,接收模块,还用于接收来自移动性管理网元的公共陆地移动网络PLMN的标识信息;接收模块,还用于根据PLMN的标识信息,向用户面网元发送PLMN的标识信息和/或PLMN对应的第一N3IWF的IP地址。In a possible design, in combination with the ninth aspect or the possible design of the ninth aspect, the receiving module is also used to receive the identification information of the public land mobile network PLMN from the mobility management network element; the receiving module is also used to The identification information of the PLMN and/or the IP address of the first N3IWF corresponding to the PLMN is sent to the user plane network element.
基于该可能的设计,会话管理网元可以直接将PLMN的标识信息发送给用户面网元,以使用户面网元根据PLMN的标识信息确定第一N3IWF的IP地址,会话管理网元也可以根据PLMN的标识信息确定第一N3IWF的IP地址,直接将第一N3IWF的IP地址发送给用户面网元。Based on this possible design, the session management network element can directly send the identification information of the PLMN to the user plane network element, so that the user plane network element can determine the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the identification information of the PLMN, and the session management network element can also The identification information of the PLMN determines the IP address of the first N3IWF, and directly sends the IP address of the first N3IWF to the user plane network element.
一种可能的设计中,结合第九方面或者第九方面可能的设计,接收模块,还用于接收来自移动性管理网元的第一终端提供的第二N3IWF的IP地址;发送模块,还用于将第二N3IWF的IP地址发送给用户面网元。In a possible design, in combination with the ninth aspect or the possible design of the ninth aspect, the receiving module is also used to receive the IP address of the second N3IWF provided by the first terminal of the mobility management network element; the sending module also uses Yu sends the IP address of the second N3IWF to the user plane network element.
基于该可能的设计,会话管理网元将第二N3IWF的IP地址发送给用户面网元,便于用户面网元判断第二N3IWF的IP地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配。Based on this possible design, the session management network element sends the IP address of the second N3IWF to the user plane network element, so that the user plane network element can judge whether the IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
第十方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为会话管理网元或者会话管理网元中的芯片或者片上系统。该通信装置可以实现上述各方面或者各可能的设计中会话管理网 元所执行的功能,所述功能可以通过硬件实现。一种可能的设计中,该通信装置可以包括:处理器和收发器。处理器和收发器可以用于支持通信装置实现上述第八方面或者第八方面的任一种可能的设计中所涉及的功能。例如:处理器可以用于确定第二终端的PDU会话用于中继服务;其中,第二终端为第一终端的中继节点;收发器可以用于向用户面网元发送用于指示用户面网元判断PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配的第一指示信息;数据包包括第一终端的数据。在又一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置还可以包括存储器,存储器用于保存通信装置必要的计算机执行指令和数据。当该通信装置运行时,该处理器和收发器执行该存储器存储的该计算机执行指令,以使该通信装置执行如上述第八方面或者第八方面的任一种可能的设计所述的通信方法。In a tenth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device may be a session management network element or a chip or a system on a chip in a session management network element. The communication device can realize the functions performed by the session management network element in the above-mentioned aspects or various possible designs, and the functions can be realized by hardware. In a possible design, the communication device may include a processor and a transceiver. The processor and the transceiver may be used to support the communication device to implement the eighth aspect or the functions involved in any possible design of the eighth aspect. For example, the processor may be used to determine that the PDU session of the second terminal is used for the relay service; where the second terminal is the relay node of the first terminal; the transceiver may be used to send instructions to the user plane network element to indicate the user plane. The network element judges the first indication information whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF; the data packet includes the data of the first terminal. In another possible design, the communication device may further include a memory, and the memory is used to store necessary computer-executable instructions and data of the communication device. When the communication device is running, the processor and the transceiver execute the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes the communication method described in the eighth aspect or any one of the possible designs of the eighth aspect. .
其中,该通信装置的具体实现方式可参考第八方面或者第八方面的任一种可能的设计提供的通信方法中会话管理网元的行为功能。For the specific implementation of the communication device, reference may be made to the eighth aspect or the behavior function of the session management network element in the communication method provided by any possible design of the eighth aspect.
第十一方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置包括一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器;一个或多个存储器与一个或多个处理器耦合,一个或多个存储器用于存储计算机程序代码或计算机指令;当一个或多个处理器执行计算机指令时,使得通信装置执行如第一方面或者第一方面的任一可能的设计所述的通信方法。In an eleventh aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes one or more processors and one or more memories; the one or more memories are coupled to the one or more processors, and the one or more memories are used for Computer program codes or computer instructions are stored; when one or more processors execute the computer instructions, the communication device is caused to execute the communication method as described in the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect.
第十二方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机指令或程序,当计算机指令或程序在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如第一方面或者第一方面的任一可能的设计所述的通信方法。In a twelfth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided. The computer-readable storage medium stores computer instructions or programs. When the computer instructions or programs are run on a computer, the computer can execute the first aspect or the first aspect. Any possible design of the communication method described.
第十三方面,提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如第一方面或者第一方面的任一可能的设计所述的通信方法。In a thirteenth aspect, a computer program product containing instructions is provided, which when running on a computer, causes the computer to execute the communication method as described in the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect.
第十四方面,提供了一种芯片系统,所述芯片系统包括一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器;一个或多个存储器与一个或多个处理器耦合,一个或多个存储器中存储有计算机程序代码或计算机指令;当所述一个或多个处理器执行所述计算机程序代码或计算机指令时,使得所述芯片系统执行如上述第一方面或者第一方面的任一可能的设计所述的通信方法。In a fourteenth aspect, a chip system is provided. The chip system includes one or more processors and one or more memories; the one or more memories are coupled to the one or more processors, and the one or more memories are Stored with computer program codes or computer instructions; when the one or more processors execute the computer program codes or computer instructions, the chip system is caused to execute the above-mentioned first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect The communication method described.
其中,第十方面至第十四方面中任一种设计方式所带来的技术效果可参见上述第八方面至第九方面的任一种可能的设计所带来的技术效果,不再赘述。Among them, the technical effects brought about by any of the design methods of the tenth aspect to the fourteenth aspect can be referred to the technical effects brought about by any of the possible designs of the eighth aspect to the ninth aspect, and will not be repeated here.
第十五方面,提供了一种通信方法,该方法包括:第二终端通过第二终端的PDU会话发送第一终端的数据;第二终端接收来自移动性管理网元的包括第一终端的标识信息的第八指示信息;第二终端根据第八指示信息,释放第一终端的上下文;其中,第二终端为第一终端的中继节点,第八指示信息用于指示释放第一终端的上下文;或者第二终端接收来自移动性管理网元的包括第一终端的标识信息的第四指示信息;第二终端根据第四指示信息,释放第一终端的上下文;其中,第二终端为第一终端的中继节点,第四指示信息用于指示协议数据单元PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一非第三代合作伙伴计划互通功能网元N3IWF的互联网协议IP地址不匹配,数据包包括第一终端的数据。In a fifteenth aspect, a communication method is provided. The method includes: a second terminal sends data of the first terminal through a PDU session of the second terminal; and the second terminal receives an identity of the first terminal from a mobility management network element The eighth indication information of the information; the second terminal releases the context of the first terminal according to the eighth indication information; wherein, the second terminal is the relay node of the first terminal, and the eighth indication information is used to instruct to release the context of the first terminal Or the second terminal receives the fourth indication information including the identification information of the first terminal from the mobility management network element; the second terminal releases the context of the first terminal according to the fourth indication information; wherein, the second terminal is the first terminal The relay node of the terminal, the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the destination address of the data packet carried by the protocol data unit PDU session does not match the Internet Protocol IP address of the first non-third-generation partner project interworking function network element N3IWF, the data packet Including the data of the first terminal.
基于第十五方面,第二终端可以根据显式的第八指示信息,释放第一终端的上下文。也可以根据隐式的第四指示信息,释放第一终端的上下文,不予限制。Based on the fifteenth aspect, the second terminal can release the context of the first terminal according to the explicit eighth indication information. It is also possible to release the context of the first terminal according to the implicit fourth indication information, without limitation.
一种可能的设计中,结合第十五方面,第二终端接收来自第一终端的第二N3IWF的IP地址;第二终端将第二N3IWF的IP地址发送给移动性管理网元。In a possible design, with reference to the fifteenth aspect, the second terminal receives the IP address of the second N3IWF from the first terminal; the second terminal sends the IP address of the second N3IWF to the mobility management network element.
一种可能的设计中,结合第十五方面或者第十五方面可能的设计,第二终端接收来自第一终端的公共陆地移动网络PLMN的标识信息;第二终端将PLMN的标识信息发送给移动性管理网元。In a possible design, in combination with the fifteenth aspect or the fifteenth aspect, the second terminal receives the identification information of the public land mobile network PLMN from the first terminal; the second terminal sends the PLMN identification information to the mobile Sexual management network elements.
基于上述两种可能的设计,第二终端可以将第二N3IWF的IP地址或PLMN的标识信息发送给移动性管理网元,以使移动性管理网元将第二N3IWF的IP地址或PLMN的标识信息发送给会话管理网元。Based on the above two possible designs, the second terminal can send the IP address of the second N3IWF or the identification information of the PLMN to the mobility management network element, so that the mobility management network element can send the IP address of the second N3IWF or the identification information of the PLMN to the mobility management network element. The information is sent to the session management network element.
第十六方面,提供了一种通信方法,该方法包括:第二终端接收来自第一终端的数据;其中,第二终端为第一终端的中继节点,第一终端的数据通过第二终端的协议数据单元PDU会话进行转发;第二终端判断第一终端的数据的目的地址与第一非第三代合作伙伴计划互通功能网元N3IWF的互联网协议IP地址是否匹配;如果匹配,第二终端通过第二终端的PDU会话向目的地址对应的第一N3IWF发送包括第一终端的数据的数据包。In a sixteenth aspect, a communication method is provided, the method includes: a second terminal receives data from a first terminal; wherein the second terminal is a relay node of the first terminal, and the data of the first terminal passes through the second terminal The protocol data unit PDU session is forwarded; the second terminal determines whether the destination address of the first terminal’s data matches the Internet Protocol IP address of the first non-third-generation partner project interworking function network element N3IWF; if they match, the second terminal The data packet including the data of the first terminal is sent to the first N3IWF corresponding to the destination address through the PDU session of the second terminal.
基于第十六方面,第二终端可以在数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址匹配时,将第一终端的数据通过PDU会话转发给第一N3IWF,进而通过第一终端建立的PDU会话对应的第一用户面网元,转发给数据网络中的服务器,使得网络侧可以通过第一N3IWF发现终端,进而实现对第一终端的网络认证、计费或其他控制操作。Based on the sixteenth aspect, the second terminal can forward the data of the first terminal to the first N3IWF through the PDU session when the destination address of the data packet matches the IP address of the first N3IWF, and then the PDU session established by the first terminal The corresponding first user plane network element is forwarded to the server in the data network, so that the network side can discover the terminal through the first N3IWF, thereby implementing network authentication, charging or other control operations for the first terminal.
一种可能的设计中,结合第十六方面,如果第一终端的数据的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配,第二终端释放第一终端的上下文。In a possible design, in combination with the sixteenth aspect, if the destination address of the data of the first terminal does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF, the second terminal releases the context of the first terminal.
一种可能的设计中,结合第十六方面或者第十六方面可能的设计,第二终端接收来自第一终端的第二N3IWF的IP地址;第二终端判断第二N3IWF的IP地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配;如果不匹配,第二终端删除第一终端的上下文。In a possible design, in combination with the sixteenth aspect or the sixteenth possible design, the second terminal receives the IP address of the second N3IWF from the first terminal; the second terminal determines that the IP address of the second N3IWF is the same as the first Whether the IP address of the N3IWF matches; if it does not match, the second terminal deletes the context of the first terminal.
基于上述两种可能的设计,第二终端可以在第一终端的数据的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配时,释放第一终端的上下文。也可以在第二N3IWF的IP地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配时,释放第一终端的上下文。进而避免第一终端绕开第一N3IWF将数据转发给服务器。Based on the above two possible designs, the second terminal can release the context of the first terminal when the destination address of the data of the first terminal does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF. It is also possible to release the context of the first terminal when the IP address of the second N3IWF does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF. This prevents the first terminal from bypassing the first N3IWF and forwarding the data to the server.
一种可能的设计中,结合第十六方面或者第十六方面可能的设计,第二终端预先配置有第一N3IWF的IP地址;或者第二终端接收来自移动性管理网元的第一N3IWF的IP地址;或者第二终端接收来自第一终端的公共陆地移动网络PLMN的标识信息,根据PLMN的标识信息,确定第一N3IWF的IP地址。In a possible design, in combination with the sixteenth aspect or the possible design of the sixteenth aspect, the second terminal is pre-configured with the IP address of the first N3IWF; or the second terminal receives the first N3IWF from the mobility management network element IP address; or the second terminal receives the identification information of the public land mobile network PLMN from the first terminal, and determines the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the identification information of the PLMN.
基于该可能的设计,为第二终端获取第一N3IWF的IP地址提供了可行性方案。Based on this possible design, a feasible solution is provided for the second terminal to obtain the IP address of the first N3IWF.
第十七方面,提供了一种通信装置,通信装置可以实现上述第十五方面或者第十五方面可能的设计中第二终端所执行的功能,也可以实现上述第十六方面或者第十六方面可能的设计中第二终端所执行的功能,所述功能可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个上述功能相应的模块。如:该通信装置包括:接收模块,处理模块,发送模块。In a seventeenth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device can implement the functions performed by the second terminal in the fifteenth aspect or the possible design of the fifteenth aspect, and can also implement the sixteenth aspect or the sixteenth aspect. In terms of the functions performed by the second terminal in a possible design, the functions can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions. For example, the communication device includes: a receiving module, a processing module, and a sending module.
当该通信装置用于实现上述第十五方面或者第十五方面可能的设计中第二终端所执行的功能时:When the communication device is used to implement the functions performed by the second terminal in the fifteenth aspect or the possible design of the fifteenth aspect:
发送模块,用于通过第二终端的PDU会话发送第一终端的数据;A sending module, configured to send data of the first terminal through the PDU session of the second terminal;
接收模块,用于接收来自移动性管理网元的包括第一终端的标识信息的第八指示信息。The receiving module is configured to receive the eighth indication information including the identification information of the first terminal from the mobility management network element.
处理模块,用于根据第八指示信息,释放第一终端的上下文;其中,第二终端为第一 终端的中继节点,第八指示信息用于指示释放第一终端的上下文。The processing module is configured to release the context of the first terminal according to the eighth instruction information; wherein, the second terminal is a relay node of the first terminal, and the eighth instruction information is used to instruct to release the context of the first terminal.
或者接收模块,用于接收来自移动性管理网元的包括第一终端的标识信息的第四指示信息。Or the receiving module is configured to receive the fourth indication information including the identification information of the first terminal from the mobility management network element.
处理模块,用于根据第四指示信息,释放第一终端的上下文;其中,第二终端为第一终端的中继节点,第四指示信息用于指示协议数据单元PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一非第三代合作伙伴计划互通功能网元N3IWF的互联网协议IP地址不匹配,数据包包括第一终端的数据。The processing module is configured to release the context of the first terminal according to the fourth indication information; wherein, the second terminal is a relay node of the first terminal, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the purpose of the data packet carried by the protocol data unit PDU session The address does not match the Internet Protocol IP address of the first non-third-generation partner project interworking function network element N3IWF, and the data packet includes the data of the first terminal.
其中,该通信装置的具体实现方式可参考第十五方面或第十五方面的任一种可能的设计提供的通信方法中第二终端的行为功能,基于第十七方面所述的通信装置,第二终端可以根据显式的第八指示信息,释放第一终端的上下文。也可以根据隐式的第四指示信息,释放第一终端的上下文,不予限制。Wherein, the specific implementation of the communication device may refer to the behavior function of the second terminal in the communication method provided by the fifteenth aspect or any one of the possible designs of the fifteenth aspect, based on the communication device described in the seventeenth aspect, The second terminal may release the context of the first terminal according to the explicit eighth indication information. It is also possible to release the context of the first terminal according to the implicit fourth indication information, without limitation.
一种可能的设计中,结合第十七方面,接收模块,还用于接收来自第一终端的第二N3IWF的IP地址;发送模块,用于将第二N3IWF的IP地址发送给移动性管理网元。In a possible design, combined with the seventeenth aspect, the receiving module is also used to receive the IP address of the second N3IWF from the first terminal; the sending module is used to send the IP address of the second N3IWF to the mobility management network Yuan.
一种可能的设计中,结合第十七方面或者第十七方面可能的设计,接收模块,还用于接收来自第一终端的公共陆地移动网络PLMN的标识信息;发送模块,还用于将PLMN的标识信息发送给移动性管理网元。In a possible design, in combination with the seventeenth aspect or the seventeenth aspect, the receiving module is also used to receive the identification information of the public land mobile network PLMN from the first terminal; the sending module is also used to transfer the PLMN The identification information of is sent to the mobility management network element.
基于上述两种可能的设计,第二终端可以将第二N3IWF的IP地址或PLMN的标识信息发送给移动性管理网元,以使移动性管理网元将第二N3IWF的IP地址或PLMN的标识信息发送给会话管理网元。Based on the above two possible designs, the second terminal can send the IP address of the second N3IWF or the identification information of the PLMN to the mobility management network element, so that the mobility management network element can send the IP address of the second N3IWF or the identification information of the PLMN to the mobility management network element. The information is sent to the session management network element.
当该通信装置用于实现上述第十六方面或者第十六方面可能的设计中第二终端所执行的功能时:When the communication device is used to implement the functions performed by the second terminal in the aforementioned sixteenth aspect or the possible design of the sixteenth aspect:
接收模块,用于接收来自第一终端的数据;其中,第二终端为第一终端的中继节点,第一终端的数据通过第二终端的协议数据单元PDU会话进行转发。The receiving module is configured to receive data from the first terminal; where the second terminal is a relay node of the first terminal, and the data of the first terminal is forwarded through the protocol data unit PDU session of the second terminal.
处理模块,用于判断第一终端的数据的目的地址与第一非第三代合作伙伴计划互通功能网元N3IWF的互联网协议IP地址是否匹配。The processing module is used to determine whether the destination address of the data of the first terminal matches the Internet Protocol IP address of the first non-third-generation partner project interworking function network element N3IWF.
发送模块,用于如果匹配,通过第二终端的PDU会话向目的地址对应的第一N3IWF发送包括第一终端的数据的数据包。The sending module is configured to send a data packet including data of the first terminal to the first N3IWF corresponding to the destination address through the PDU session of the second terminal if there is a match.
其中,该通信装置的具体实现方式可参考第十六方面或第十六方面的任一种可能的设计提供的通信方法中第二终端的行为功能,基于第十七方面所述的通信装置,第二终端可以在数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址匹配时,将第一终端的数据通过PDU会话转发给第一N3IWF,进而通过第一终端建立的PDU会话对应的第一用户面网元,转发给数据网络中的服务器,使得网络侧可以通过第一N3IWF发现终端,进而实现对第一终端的网络认证、计费或其他控制操作。Wherein, the specific implementation of the communication device can refer to the behavior function of the second terminal in the communication method provided by the sixteenth aspect or any one of the possible designs of the sixteenth aspect, based on the communication device described in the seventeenth aspect, The second terminal can forward the data of the first terminal to the first N3IWF through the PDU session when the destination address of the data packet matches the IP address of the first N3IWF, and then the first user plane corresponding to the PDU session established by the first terminal The network element is forwarded to the server in the data network, so that the network side can discover the terminal through the first N3IWF, so as to implement network authentication, charging or other control operations for the first terminal.
一种可能的设计中,结合第十七方面,处理模块,还用于如果第一终端的数据的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配,释放第一终端的上下文。In a possible design, in combination with the seventeenth aspect, the processing module is also used to release the context of the first terminal if the destination address of the data of the first terminal does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF.
一种可能的设计中,结合第十七方面或者第十七方面可能的设计,接收模块,还用于接收来自第一终端的第二N3IWF的IP地址;处理模块,还用于判断第二N3IWF的IP地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配;如果不匹配,删除第一终端的上下文。In a possible design, combining the seventeenth aspect or the seventeenth aspect possible design, the receiving module is also used to receive the IP address of the second N3IWF from the first terminal; the processing module is also used to determine the second N3IWF Whether the IP address of the first N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF; if it does not match, delete the context of the first terminal.
基于上述两种可能的设计,第二终端可以在第一终端的数据的目的地址与第一N3IWF 的IP地址不匹配时,释放第一终端的上下文。也可以在第二N3IWF的IP地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配时,释放第一终端的上下文。进而避免第一终端绕开第一N3IWF将数据转发给服务器。Based on the above two possible designs, the second terminal can release the context of the first terminal when the destination address of the data of the first terminal does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF. It is also possible to release the context of the first terminal when the IP address of the second N3IWF does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF. This prevents the first terminal from bypassing the first N3IWF and forwarding the data to the server.
一种可能的设计中,结合第十七方面或者第十七方面可能的设计,第二终端预先配置有第一N3IWF的IP地址;或者第二终端接收来自移动性管理网元的第一N3IWF的IP地址;或者第二终端接收来自第一终端的公共陆地移动网络PLMN的标识信息,根据PLMN的标识信息,确定第一N3IWF的IP地址。In a possible design, in combination with the seventeenth aspect or the seventeenth aspect, the second terminal is pre-configured with the IP address of the first N3IWF; or the second terminal receives the first N3IWF from the mobility management network element. IP address; or the second terminal receives the identification information of the public land mobile network PLMN from the first terminal, and determines the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the identification information of the PLMN.
基于该可能的设计,为第二终端获取第一N3IWF的IP地址提供了可行性方案。Based on this possible design, a feasible solution is provided for the second terminal to obtain the IP address of the first N3IWF.
第十八方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为第二终端或者第二终端中的芯片或者片上系统。该通信装置可以实现上述各方面或者各可能的设计中第二终端所执行的功能,所述功能可以通过硬件实现。一种可能的设计中,该通信装置可以包括:收发器和处理器。收发器和处理器可以用于支持通信装置实现上述第十五方面或者第十五方面的任一种可能的设计中所涉及的功能。也可以用于支持通信装置实现上述第十六方面或者第十六方面的任一种可能的设计中所涉及的功能。例如:当收发器和处理器用于支持通信装置实现上述第十五方面或者第十五方面的任一种可能的设计中所涉及的功能时,收发器可以用于通过第二终端的PDU会话发送第一终端的数据;收发器还可以用于接收来自移动性管理网元的包括第一终端的标识信息的第八指示信息;处理器可以用于根据第八指示信息,释放第一终端的上下文;其中,第二终端为第一终端的中继节点,第八指示信息用于指示释放第一终端的上下文;或者收发器可以用于接收来自移动性管理网元的包括第一终端的标识信息的第四指示信息;处理器可以用于根据第四指示信息,释放第一终端的上下文;其中,第二终端为第一终端的中继节点,第四指示信息用于指示PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配,数据包包括第一终端的数据。当收发器和处理器用于支持通信装置实现上述第十六方面或者第十六方面的任一种可能的设计中所涉及的功能时,收发器可以用于接收来自第一终端的数据;其中,第二终端为第一终端的中继节点,第一终端的数据通过第二终端的协议数据单元PDU会话进行转发;处理器可以用于判断第一终端的数据的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配;如果匹配,收发器可以用于通过第二终端的PDU会话向目的地址对应的第一N3IWF发送包括第一终端的数据的数据包。在又一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置还可以包括存储器,存储器用于保存通信装置必要的计算机执行指令和数据。当该通信装置运行时,该收发器和处理器执行该存储器存储的该计算机执行指令,以使该通信装置执行如上述第十五方面或者第十五方面的任一种可能的设计所述的通信方法,或者执行如上述第十六方面或者第十六方面的任一种可能的设计所述的通信方法。In an eighteenth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device may be a second terminal or a chip or a system on a chip in the second terminal. The communication device can implement the functions performed by the second terminal in the foregoing aspects or various possible designs, and the functions can be implemented by hardware. In a possible design, the communication device may include a transceiver and a processor. The transceiver and the processor may be used to support the communication device to implement the functions involved in the fifteenth aspect or any one of the possible designs of the fifteenth aspect. It can also be used to support the communication device to realize the functions involved in the aforementioned sixteenth aspect or any one of the possible designs of the sixteenth aspect. For example: when the transceiver and the processor are used to support the communication device to implement the functions involved in the fifteenth aspect or any one of the possible designs of the fifteenth aspect, the transceiver can be used to send through the PDU session of the second terminal The data of the first terminal; the transceiver may also be used to receive the eighth indication information including the identification information of the first terminal from the mobility management network element; the processor may be used to release the context of the first terminal according to the eighth indication information ; Wherein, the second terminal is the relay node of the first terminal, and the eighth indication information is used to indicate the release of the context of the first terminal; or the transceiver may be used to receive the identification information of the first terminal from the mobility management network element The processor may be used to release the context of the first terminal according to the fourth instruction information; wherein, the second terminal is the relay node of the first terminal, and the fourth instruction information is used to indicate the data carried by the PDU session The destination address of the packet does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF, and the data packet includes data of the first terminal. When the transceiver and the processor are used to support the communication device to implement the functions involved in the aforementioned sixteenth aspect or any one of the possible designs of the sixteenth aspect, the transceiver can be used to receive data from the first terminal; wherein, The second terminal is the relay node of the first terminal, and the data of the first terminal is forwarded through the protocol data unit PDU session of the second terminal; the processor can be used to determine the destination address of the data of the first terminal and the IP of the first N3IWF Whether the addresses match; if they match, the transceiver can be used to send a data packet including the data of the first terminal to the first N3IWF corresponding to the destination address through the PDU session of the second terminal. In another possible design, the communication device may further include a memory, and the memory is used to store necessary computer-executable instructions and data of the communication device. When the communication device is running, the transceiver and the processor execute the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes the above-mentioned fifteenth aspect or any one of the possible designs of the fifteenth aspect. Communication method, or implement the communication method as described in the aforementioned sixteenth aspect or any one of the possible designs of the sixteenth aspect.
其中,该通信装置的具体实现方式可参考第十五方面或者第十五方面的任一种可能的设计提供的通信方法中第二终端的行为功能,或者参考第十六方面或者第十六方面的任一种可能的设计提供的通信方法中第二终端的行为功能。Among them, the specific implementation of the communication device may refer to the fifteenth aspect or the behavior function of the second terminal in the communication method provided by any possible design of the fifteenth aspect, or refer to the sixteenth aspect or the sixteenth aspect Any one of the possible designs provides the behavior function of the second terminal in the communication method.
第十九方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置包括一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器;一个或多个存储器与一个或多个处理器耦合,一个或多个存储器用于存储计算机程序代码或计算机指令;当一个或多个处理器执行计算机指令时,使得通信装置执行如第十五方面或者第十五方面的任一可能的设计所述的通信方法,或者执行如第十六方面或者 第十六方面的任一可能的设计所述的通信方法。In a nineteenth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes one or more processors and one or more memories; the one or more memories are coupled with the one or more processors, and the one or more memories are used for Store computer program codes or computer instructions; when one or more processors execute the computer instructions, the communication device is caused to execute the communication method as described in the fifteenth aspect or any possible design of the fifteenth aspect, or execute the communication method as described in the fifteenth aspect or any possible design of the fifteenth aspect. The communication method described in the sixteenth aspect or any possible design of the sixteenth aspect.
第二十方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机指令或程序,当计算机指令或程序在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如第十五方面或者第十五方面的任一可能的设计所述的通信方法,或者执行如第十六方面或者第十六方面的任一可能的设计所述的通信方法。In a twentieth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided. The computer-readable storage medium stores computer instructions or programs. When the computer instructions or programs are run on a computer, the computer can execute the The communication method according to any possible design of the five aspects, or the communication method according to any possible design of the sixteenth aspect or the sixteenth aspect is implemented.
第二十一方面,提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如第十五方面或者第十五方面的任一可能的设计所述的通信方法,或者执行如第十六方面或者第十六方面的任一可能的设计所述的通信方法。In a twenty-first aspect, a computer program product containing instructions is provided, which when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the communication method as described in the fifteenth aspect or any possible design of the fifteenth aspect, Or execute the communication method as described in the sixteenth aspect or any possible design of the sixteenth aspect.
第二十二方面,提供了一种芯片系统,所述芯片系统包括一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器;一个或多个存储器与一个或多个处理器耦合,一个或多个存储器中存储有计算机程序代码或计算机指令;当所述一个或多个处理器执行所述计算机程序代码或计算机指令时,使得所述芯片系统执行如第十五方面或者第十五方面的任一可能的设计所述的通信方法,或者执行如第十六方面或者第十六方面的任一可能的设计所述的通信方法。In a twenty-second aspect, a chip system is provided. The chip system includes one or more processors and one or more memories; one or more memories are coupled to one or more processors, and one or more memories Stored in the computer program code or computer instructions; when the one or more processors execute the computer program code or computer instructions, the chip system is caused to perform any of the possibilities of the fifteenth aspect or the fifteenth aspect Or implement the communication method described in the sixteenth aspect or any possible design of the sixteenth aspect.
其中,第十八方面至第二十二方面中任一种设计方式所带来的技术效果可参见上述第十五方面或者第十五方面的任一种可能的设计所带来的技术效果,或者参见上述第十六方面或者第十六方面的任一种可能的设计所带来的技术效果,不再赘述。Among them, the technical effect brought by any design method of the eighteenth aspect to the twenty-second aspect can be referred to the technical effect brought by any possible design of the fifteenth aspect or the fifteenth aspect. Or refer to the above-mentioned sixteenth aspect or the technical effect brought by any possible design of the sixteenth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第二十三方面,提供了一种通信系统,该通信系统包括如第二方面或第二方面的任一可能的设计所述的通信装置、如第九方面或第九方面的任一可能的设计所述的通信装置以及如第十七方面或者第十七方面的任一可能的设计所述的通信装置。In a twenty-third aspect, a communication system is provided. The communication system includes the communication device according to the second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect, and any one of the ninth aspect or the ninth aspect. Design the communication device and the communication device according to the seventeenth aspect or any possible design of the seventeenth aspect.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1a为本申请实施例提供的一种现有通信系统的示意图;FIG. 1a is a schematic diagram of an existing communication system provided by an embodiment of this application;
图1b为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的示意图;FIG. 1b is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of this application;
图1c为本申请实施例提供的一种5G通信系统的示意图;FIG. 1c is a schematic diagram of a 5G communication system provided by an embodiment of this application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的组成结构图;2 is a structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图3a为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程图;FIG. 3a is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图3b为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程图;FIG. 3b is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程图;FIG. 4 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种建立PDU会话的方法的流程图;FIG. 5 is a flowchart of a method for establishing a PDU session provided by an embodiment of the application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的组成示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of the composition of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的组成示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of the composition of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的组成示意图。FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of the composition of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面结合说明书附图对本申请实施例的实施方式进行详细描述。The implementation manners of the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings of the specification.
本申请实施例提供的通信方法可用于任一通信系统,该通信系统可以为第三代合作伙伴计划(third generation partnership project,3GPP)通信系统,例如,长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统,又可以为第五代(fifth generation,5G)移动通信系统、新空口(new radio,NR)系统、NR V2X系统以及其他下一代通信系统,也可以为非3GPP通信系统,不予限制。The communication method provided in the embodiments of this application can be used in any communication system, and the communication system may be a third generation partnership project (3GPP) communication system, for example, a long term evolution (LTE) system, It can also be a fifth generation (5G) mobile communication system, a new radio (NR) system, an NR V2X system, and other next-generation communication systems, or it can be a non-3GPP communication system, without limitation.
本申请实施例提供的通信方法可以应用于各种通信场景,例如可以应用于以下通信场 景中的一种或多种:增强移动宽带(enhanced mobile broadband,eMBB)、超可靠低时延通信(ultra reliable low latency communication,URLLC)、机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC)、大规模机器类型通信(massive machine type communications,mMTC)、设备到设备(device to device,D2D)、车辆外联(vehicle to everything,V2X)、车辆到车辆(vehicle to vehicle,V2V)、和物联网(internet of things,IoT)等。下面以图1b为例,对本申请实施例提供的通信方法进行描述。The communication method provided by the embodiments of this application can be applied to various communication scenarios, for example, can be applied to one or more of the following communication scenarios: enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB), ultra-reliable low-latency communication (ultra reliable low latency communication (URLLC), machine type communication (MTC), massive machine type communications (mMTC), device to device (device to device, D2D), vehicle outreach (vehicle to everything, V2X), vehicle to vehicle (V2V), and Internet of things (IoT), etc. The following uses FIG. 1b as an example to describe the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
图1b为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的示意图,如图1b所示,该通信系统可以包括至少一个第一终端、至少一个第二终端、第二终端对应的接入网网元、第二终端对应的用户面网元、第二终端对应的移动性管理网元、第二终端对应的会话管理网元、第二终端对应的策略控制网元、第一终端对应的第一N3IWF、第一终端对应的第一用户面网元、第一终端对应的移动性管理网元、第一终端对应的会话管理网元和数据网络(data network,DN)。Fig. 1b is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the application. As shown in Fig. 1b, the communication system may include at least one first terminal, at least one second terminal, an access network element corresponding to the second terminal, The user plane network element corresponding to the second terminal, the mobility management network element corresponding to the second terminal, the session management network element corresponding to the second terminal, the policy control network element corresponding to the second terminal, the first N3IWF corresponding to the first terminal, A first user plane network element corresponding to the first terminal, a mobility management network element corresponding to the first terminal, a session management network element corresponding to the first terminal, and a data network (DN).
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,第一终端也可以称为远程终端(remote UE),第二终端也可以称为中继终端(relay UE),不予限制。It should be noted that in the embodiments of the present application, the first terminal may also be referred to as a remote terminal (remote UE), and the second terminal may also be referred to as a relay terminal (relay UE), which is not limited.
其中,第一终端可以与第二终端之间建立PC5通信连接,通过PC5接口将第一终端的数据发送给第二终端。Wherein, the first terminal can establish a PC5 communication connection with the second terminal, and send the data of the first terminal to the second terminal through the PC5 interface.
第二终端可以位于接入网网元的小区覆盖范围内,其中,第二终端可以通过上行链路(uplink,UL)与接入网网元进行空口通信,第二终端在UL上向接入网网元发送数据,接入网网元将接收到的数据转发给核心网网元,由核心网网元对该数据进行处理,并将处理后的数据通过接入网网元下发给第二终端。如:第二终端在UL上通过上行链路物理层共享信道(physical sidelink share channel,PUSCH)向接入网网元发送上行数据,接入网网元将接收到的上行数据转发给核心网网元,核心网网元对该上行数据进行处理,将处理后的上行数据通过接入网网元下发给第二终端;其中,转发第二终端至核心网网元的上行数据的接入网网元与转发核心网网元至第二终端的下行数据的接入网网元可以是同一个接入网网元,也可以是不同的接入网网元。The second terminal may be located in the coverage area of the cell of the access network element, where the second terminal may communicate with the access network element through the uplink (uplink, UL) through air interface communication, and the second terminal is connected to the access network element on the UL. The network element sends data, and the access network element forwards the received data to the core network element. The core network element processes the data, and sends the processed data to the third through the access network element. Two terminal. For example, the second terminal sends uplink data to the access network element through the physical layer shared channel (PUSCH) on the UL, and the access network element forwards the received uplink data to the core network. The core network element processes the uplink data, and sends the processed uplink data to the second terminal through the access network element; wherein, the access network that forwards the uplink data of the second terminal to the core network element The network element and the access network network element that forwards the downlink data from the core network network element to the second terminal may be the same access network network element, or may be different access network network elements.
第二终端也可以通过特定接口与核心网网元进行通信,如:第二终端可以通过N1接口与核心网网元中的移动性管理网元进行通信。The second terminal may also communicate with the core network element through a specific interface. For example, the second terminal may communicate with a mobility management network element in the core network element through an N1 interface.
第二终端在接入网络后可以建立协议数据单元(protocol data unit,PDU)会话,通过PDU会话与第一N3IWF进行通信,将第一终端的数据通过PDU会话发送给第一N3IWF。After accessing the network, the second terminal may establish a protocol data unit (PDU) session, communicate with the first N3IWF through the PDU session, and send the data of the first terminal to the first N3IWF through the PDU session.
第一N3IWF是运营商部署的非可信非3GPP接入网关,其网络拓扑位置相当于第一终端通过3GPP接入技术接入网络时的接入网网元。为了保证数据传输的安全性,第一N3IWF支持与第一终端建立IPsec隧道,第一N3IWF也支持与核心网之间的N2接口和N3接口,并且能够中转第一终端与第一移动性管理网元之间的NAS信令。The first N3IWF is an untrusted non-3GPP access gateway deployed by an operator, and its network topology position is equivalent to an access network element when the first terminal accesses the network through the 3GPP access technology. In order to ensure the security of data transmission, the first N3IWF supports the establishment of an IPsec tunnel with the first terminal. The first N3IWF also supports the N2 interface and the N3 interface with the core network, and can transfer the first terminal to the first mobility management network. NAS signaling between elements.
其中,图1b中的终端(terminal)可以称为用户设备(user equipment,UE)或者移动台(mobile station,MS)或者移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)等。具体的,图1b中的终端可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑或带无线收发功能的电脑。终端还可以是虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端、工业控制中的无线终端、无人驾驶中的无线终端、远程医疗中的无线终端、智能电网中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、车载终端、 具有车对车(vehicle-to-vehicle,V2V)通信能力的车辆、智能网联车、有无人机对无人机(UAV to UAV,U2U)通信能力的无人机等等,不予限制。需要说明的是,上述终端可以为第一终端,也可以为第二终端。Among them, the terminal (terminal) in FIG. 1b may be referred to as user equipment (UE), mobile station (mobile station, MS) or mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT), etc. Specifically, the terminal in FIG. 1b may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, or a computer with a wireless transceiver function. The terminal can also be a virtual reality (VR) terminal, an augmented reality (AR) terminal, a wireless terminal in industrial control, a wireless terminal in unmanned driving, a wireless terminal in telemedicine, and a smart grid. Wireless terminals, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, in-vehicle terminals, vehicles with vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) communication capabilities, and smart connected vehicles , There are no restrictions on drones with UAV to UAV (U2U) communication capabilities. It should be noted that the foregoing terminal may be the first terminal or the second terminal.
图1b中的接入网网元可以是任意一种具有无线收发功能的设备,主要用于实现无线物理控制功能、资源调度和无线资源管理、无线接入控制以及移动性管理等功能。具体的,接入网网元可以为支持有线接入的设备,也可以为支持无线接入的设备。示例性的,该接入网网元可以为接入网(access network,AN)/无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)设备,由多个5G-AN/NG-RAN节点组成。5G-AN/NG-RAN节点可以为:接入点(access point,AP)、基站(nodeB,NB)、增强型基站(enhance nodeB,eNB)、下一代基站(NR nodeB,gNB)、传输接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)、传输点(transmission point,TP)或某种其它接入节点等。The access network element in Figure 1b can be any device with wireless transceiver functions, which is mainly used to implement wireless physical control functions, resource scheduling and wireless resource management, wireless access control, and mobility management. Specifically, the network element of the access network may be a device that supports wired access or a device that supports wireless access. Exemplarily, the access network network element may be an access network (access network, AN)/radio access network (RAN) device, which is composed of multiple 5G-AN/NG-RAN nodes. 5G-AN/NG-RAN nodes can be: access point (AP), base station (nodeB, NB), enhanced base station (enhance nodeB, eNB), next-generation base station (NR nodeB, gNB), transmission and reception Point (transmission reception point, TRP), transmission point (transmission point, TP), or some other access node, etc.
图1b中的移动性管理网元,主要负责终端的接入认证、移动性管理、各个功能网元间的信令交互等工作,如:对用户的注册状态、用户的连接状态、用户注册入网、跟踪区更新、小区切换用户认证和密钥安全等进行管理。需要说明的是,图1b中的第一移动性管理网元是为了与第二终端对应的移动性管理网元进行区分,图1b中的第一移动性管理网元与第一终端对应,也具备上述移动性管理网元的特征。实际应用中,图1b中的移动性管理网元与第一移动性管理网元可以是同一个移动性管理网元。The mobility management network element in Figure 1b is mainly responsible for terminal access authentication, mobility management, and signaling interaction between various functional network elements, such as: user registration status, user connection status, user registration and network access , Tracking area update, cell handover user authentication and key security management. It should be noted that the first mobility management network element in FIG. 1b is for distinguishing the mobility management network element corresponding to the second terminal, and the first mobility management network element in FIG. 1b corresponds to the first terminal. It has the characteristics of the above-mentioned mobility management network element. In practical applications, the mobility management network element in FIG. 1b and the first mobility management network element may be the same mobility management network element.
图1b中的会话管理网元,可以称为会话管理功能或者多播/组播业务管理功能(multicast/broadcast-service management function,MB-SMF)或者多播会话管理网元等,不予限制。会话管理网元主要用于实现用户面传输逻辑通道,如:分组数据单元(packet data unit,PDU)会话的建立、释放和更改等会话管理功能。需要说明的是,图1b中的第一会话管理网元是为了与第二终端对应的会话管理网元进行区分,图1b中的第一会话管理网元与第一终端对应,也具备上述会话管理网元的特征。实际应用中,图1b中的会话管理网元与第一会话管理网元可以是同一个会话管理网元。The session management network element in FIG. 1b can be called a session management function or a multicast/broadcast-service management function (MB-SMF) or a multicast session management network element, etc., without limitation. The session management network element is mainly used to implement the user plane transmission logic channel, such as: session management functions such as the establishment, release, and modification of a packet data unit (PDU) session. It should be noted that the first session management network element in FIG. 1b is to distinguish the session management network element corresponding to the second terminal. The first session management network element in FIG. 1b corresponds to the first terminal and also has the above-mentioned session management network element. Manage the characteristics of the network element. In practical applications, the session management network element in FIG. 1b and the first session management network element may be the same session management network element.
图1b中的策略控制网元,可以用于为PDU会话制定相应的策略与计费控制规则(policy and charging control rule,PCC规则),并将PCC规则发送给会话管理网元。The policy control network element in Figure 1b can be used to formulate corresponding policy and charging control rules (policy and charging control rules, PCC rules) for the PDU session, and send the PCC rules to the session management network element.
图1b中的用户面网元,可以称为PDU会话锚点(PDU session anchor,PSA)、用户面功能或者多播/组播用户面功能(multicast/broadcast user plane fuction,MB-UPF)。用户面网元可以作为用户面传输逻辑通道上的锚点,主要用于完成用户面数据的路由转发等功能,如:与终端之间建立通道(即用户面传输逻辑通道),在该通道上转发终端和DN之间的数据包以及负责对终端的数据报文过滤、数据转发、速率控制、生成计费信息等。需要说明的是,图1b中的第一用户面网元是为了与第二终端PDU会话对应的用户面网元进行区分,图1b中的第一用户面网元与第一终端PDU会话对应,也具备上述用户面网元的特征。实际应用中,图1b中的用户面网元与第一用户面网元可以是同一个用户面网元。The user plane network element in FIG. 1b may be called a PDU session anchor (PSA), a user plane function, or a multicast/broadcast user plane function (multicast/broadcast user plane fuction, MB-UPF). The user plane network element can be used as the anchor point on the user plane transmission logical channel, mainly used to complete the user plane data routing and forwarding functions, such as: establishing a channel with the terminal (that is, the user plane transmission logical channel), on the channel It forwards data packets between the terminal and the DN, and is responsible for the terminal's data message filtering, data forwarding, rate control, and charging information generation. It should be noted that the first user plane network element in FIG. 1b is to distinguish the user plane network element corresponding to the second terminal PDU session, and the first user plane network element in FIG. 1b corresponds to the first terminal PDU session. It also has the characteristics of the above-mentioned user plane network element. In practical applications, the user plane network element in FIG. 1b and the first user plane network element may be the same user plane network element.
图1b中的数据网络DN,可以为向用户提供数据传输服务的运营商网络,如:可以为向用户提供IP多媒体业务(IP multi-media service,IMS)的运营商网络等。DN中可以部署有服务器,该服务器可以向用户提供数据传输服务。The data network DN in Figure 1b may be an operator network that provides data transmission services to users, such as an operator network that provides IP multi-media services (IP multi-media service, IMS) to users. A server can be deployed in the DN, and the server can provide users with data transmission services.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例的第一终端、第二终端、接入网网元以及核心网网元都可以为一个或多个芯片,也可以为片上系统(system on chip,SOC)等。图1b仅为示例性 附图,其包括的设备数量不受限制。此外,除图1b所示设备之外,该通信系统还可以包括其他设备。图1b中各个设备的名称、各个链路的命名不受限制,除图1b所示名称之外,各个设备、各个链路还可以命名为其他名称。It should be noted that the first terminal, the second terminal, the access network network element, and the core network network element in the embodiments of the present application may all be one or more chips, or may be a system on chip (SOC), etc. . Figure 1b is only an exemplary drawing, and the number of devices included is not limited. In addition, in addition to the device shown in FIG. 1b, the communication system may also include other devices. The name of each device and the naming of each link in FIG. 1b are not limited. In addition to the names shown in FIG. 1b, each device and each link can also be named with other names.
以图1b所示的通信系统为5G通信系统为例,如图1c所示,上述接入网网元对应的网元或者实体可以为5G通信系统中的无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)、移动性管理网元对应的网元或者实体可以为5G通信系统中的接入和移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)、会话管理网元所对应的网元或者实体可以为5G通信系统中的会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)、策略控制网元可以为5G通信系统中的策略控制功能(policy control function,PCF)、用户面网元所对应的网元或者实体可以为5G通信系统中的用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)等。Taking the communication system shown in Fig. 1b as a 5G communication system as an example, as shown in Fig. 1c, the network element or entity corresponding to the above-mentioned access network element may be a radio access network (RAN ), the network element or entity corresponding to the mobility management network element can be the access and mobility management function (AMF) in the 5G communication system, and the network element or entity corresponding to the session management network element can be The session management function (SMF) and policy control network element in the 5G communication system can be the policy control function (PCF) in the 5G communication system, and the network element or entity corresponding to the user plane network element can be It is the user plane function (UPF) etc. in the 5G communication system.
其中,如图1c所示,终端通过下一代网络(next generation)N 1接口(简称N1)与AMF通信,RAN设备通过N2接口(简称N2)与AMF通信,RAN设备通过N3接口(简称N3)与UPF通信,UPF通过N4接口与SMF通信,UPF通过N6接口与DN中的服务器通信。核心网网元之间可以通过服务化接口相互通信,如:AMF可以通过Namf接口与其他核心网网元通信,SMF可以通过Nsmf接口与其他核心网网元通信,PCF可以通过Npcf接口与其他核心网网元通信,UDM可以通过Nudr接口与其他核心网网元通信。Among them, as shown in Figure 1c, the terminal communicates with the AMF through the next generation N 1 interface (N1 for short), the RAN device communicates with the AMF through the N2 interface (N2 for short), and the RAN device communicates with the AMF through the N3 interface (N3 for short). To communicate with UPF, UPF communicates with SMF through the N4 interface, and UPF communicates with the server in the DN through the N6 interface. Core network elements can communicate with each other through service interfaces. For example, AMF can communicate with other core network elements through Namf interface, SMF can communicate with other core network elements through Nsmf interface, and PCF can communicate with other core network elements through Npcf interface. For network element communication, UDM can communicate with other core network elements through the Nudr interface.
基于上述系统,终端(可以称为远程终端,或者本申请实施例中的第一终端)可以通过中继节点(可以称为中继终端,或者本申请实施例中的第二终端)建立的PDU会话将数据包发送至中继节点对应的UPF,由UPF将终端的数据包转发至服务器。但是,若终端没有在应用层为数据包进行加密,中继节点可以解析出终端的数据,导致数据传输的安全性较低。终端可以利用互联网协议安全性(internet protocol security,IPsec)隧道将数据或信令通过中继节点的PDU会话发送到终端对应的网络侧接入设备。终端对应的网络侧接入设备再将接收的数据或信令发送给核心网设备。利用IPsec隧道可以避免中继节点解析出终端的数据或信令。但是,该过程中网络侧可能无法发现终端,进而无法实现对终端的网络认证、计费或其他控制操作。Based on the above system, a terminal (may be called a remote terminal, or the first terminal in an embodiment of the present application) can establish a PDU through a relay node (may be called a relay terminal, or a second terminal in the embodiment of the present application) The session sends the data packet to the UPF corresponding to the relay node, and the UPF forwards the data packet of the terminal to the server. However, if the terminal does not encrypt the data packet at the application layer, the relay node can parse out the data of the terminal, resulting in lower data transmission security. The terminal can use an Internet protocol security (IPsec) tunnel to send data or signaling to the network-side access device corresponding to the terminal through the PDU session of the relay node. The network side access device corresponding to the terminal then sends the received data or signaling to the core network device. Using the IPsec tunnel can prevent the relay node from parsing out the data or signaling of the terminal. However, in this process, the network side may not be able to discover the terminal, and thus the network authentication, charging or other control operations of the terminal cannot be realized.
为解决该问题,本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法,包括:用户面网元从作为第一终端的中继节点的第二终端建立的PDU会话接收包括第一终端的数据的数据包;并判断PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一非第三代合作伙伴计划互通功能网元(non-3rd generation partnership project interworking function,N3IWF)的互联网协议(internet protocol,IP)地址是否匹配;如果匹配,向数据包的目的地址对应的第一N3IWF发送数据包。使得网络侧可以通过第一N3IWF发现终端,进而实现对第一终端的网络认证、计费或其他控制操作。To solve this problem, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, including: a user plane network element receives a data packet including data of the first terminal from a PDU session established by a second terminal as a relay node of the first terminal; And determine whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the Internet Protocol (IP) address of the first non-3rd generation partnership project interworking function (N3IWF); If it matches, send the data packet to the first N3IWF corresponding to the destination address of the data packet. This allows the network side to discover the terminal through the first N3IWF, and then implement network authentication, charging or other control operations for the first terminal.
具体实现时,图1b所示,如:各个终端、接入网网元和核心网网元均可以采用图2所示的组成结构,或者包括图2所示的部件。图2为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置200的组成示意图,该通信装置200可以为终端或者终端中的芯片或者片上系统;也可以为接入网网元或者接入网网元中的芯片或者片上系统;也可以为核心网网元或者核心网网元中的芯片或者片上系统。如图2所示,该通信装置200包括处理器201,收发器202以及通信线路203。In specific implementation, as shown in FIG. 1b, for example, each terminal, access network element, and core network element may adopt the composition structure shown in FIG. 2, or include the components shown in FIG. 2. 2 is a schematic diagram of the composition of a communication device 200 provided by an embodiment of the application. The communication device 200 may be a terminal or a chip or a system on a chip in the terminal; it may also be an access network network element or an access network network element. Chip or system-on-chip; it can also be a core network element or a chip or system-on-chip in a core network element. As shown in FIG. 2, the communication device 200 includes a processor 201, a transceiver 202 and a communication line 203.
进一步的,该通信装置200还可以包括存储器204。其中,处理器201,存储器204 以及收发器202之间可以通过通信线路203连接。Further, the communication device 200 may further include a memory 204. Wherein, the processor 201, the memory 204, and the transceiver 202 may be connected through a communication line 203.
其中,处理器201是中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)、通用处理器网络处理器(network processor,NP)、数字信号处理器(digital signal processing,DSP)、微处理器、微控制器、可编程逻辑器件(programmable logic device,PLD)或它们的任意组合。处理器201还可以是其它具有处理功能的装置,例如电路、器件或软件模块,不予限制。Among them, the processor 201 is a central processing unit (CPU), a general-purpose processor network processor (network processor, NP), a digital signal processor (digital signal processing, DSP), a microprocessor, a microcontroller, Programmable logic device (PLD) or any combination of them. The processor 201 may also be other devices with processing functions, such as circuits, devices, or software modules, without limitation.
收发器202,用于与其他设备或其它通信网络进行通信。该其它通信网络可以为以太网,无线接入网(radio access network,RAN),无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)等。收发器202可以是模块、电路、收发器或者任何能够实现通信的装置。The transceiver 202 is used to communicate with other devices or other communication networks. The other communication network may be Ethernet, radio access network (RAN), wireless local area networks (WLAN), etc. The transceiver 202 may be a module, a circuit, a transceiver, or any device capable of implementing communication.
通信线路203,用于在通信装置200所包括的各部件之间传送信息。The communication line 203 is used to transmit information between the components included in the communication device 200.
存储器204,用于存储指令。其中,指令可以是计算机程序。The memory 204 is used to store instructions. Among them, the instruction may be a computer program.
其中,存储器204可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和/或指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,也可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)或可存储信息和/或指令的其他类型的动态存储设备,还可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read-only memory,EEPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或其他磁存储设备等,不予限制。The memory 204 may be a read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and/or instructions, and may also be a random access memory (RAM) or a random access memory (RAM). Other types of dynamic storage devices that store information and/or instructions can also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), compact disc read-only memory, CD- ROM) or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage (including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, etc., are not restricted.
需要指出的是,存储器204可以独立于处理器201存在,也可以和处理器201集成在一起。存储器204可以用于存储指令或者程序代码或者一些数据等。存储器204可以位于通信装置200内,也可以位于通信装置200外,不予限制。处理器201,用于执行存储器204中存储的指令,以实现本申请下述实施例提供的通信方法。It should be pointed out that the memory 204 may exist independently of the processor 201, or may be integrated with the processor 201. The memory 204 may be used to store instructions or program codes or some data. The memory 204 may be located in the communication device 200 or outside the communication device 200 without limitation. The processor 201 is configured to execute instructions stored in the memory 204 to implement the communication method provided in the following embodiments of the present application.
在一种示例中,处理器201可以包括一个或多个CPU,例如图2中的CPU0和CPU1。In an example, the processor 201 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 2.
作为一种可选的实现方式,通信装置200包括多个处理器,例如,除图2中的处理器201之外,还可以包括处理器207。As an optional implementation manner, the communication device 200 includes multiple processors, for example, in addition to the processor 201 in FIG. 2, it may also include a processor 207.
作为一种可选的实现方式,通信装置200还包括输出设备205和输入设备206。示例性地,输入设备206是键盘、鼠标、麦克风或操作杆等设备,输出设备205是显示屏、扬声器(speaker)等设备。As an optional implementation manner, the communication apparatus 200 further includes an output device 205 and an input device 206. Exemplarily, the input device 206 is a device such as a keyboard, a mouse, a microphone, or a joystick, and the output device 205 is a device such as a display screen and a speaker.
需要指出的是,通信装置200可以是台式机、便携式电脑、网络服务器、移动手机、平板电脑、无线终端、嵌入式设备、芯片系统或有图2中类似结构的设备。此外,图2中示出的组成结构并不构成对该通信装置的限定,除图2所示部件之外,该通信装置可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。It should be pointed out that the communication device 200 may be a desktop computer, a portable computer, a network server, a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a wireless terminal, an embedded device, a chip system, or a device with a similar structure in FIG. 2. In addition, the composition structure shown in FIG. 2 does not constitute a limitation on the communication device. In addition to the components shown in FIG. 2, the communication device may include more or less components than those shown in the figure, or combine certain components. , Or different component arrangements.
本申请实施例中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。In the embodiments of the present application, the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
此外,本申请的各实施例之间涉及的动作、术语等均可以相互参考,不予限制。本申请的实施例中各个设备之间交互的消息名称或消息中的参数名称等只是一个示例,具体实现中也可以采用其他的名称,不予限制。In addition, the actions, terms, etc. involved in the various embodiments of the present application can be referred to each other, and are not limited. The names of messages or parameter names in the messages that are exchanged between devices in the embodiments of the present application are just an example, and other names may also be used in specific implementations, which are not limited.
下面结合图1b所示通信系统,对本申请实施例提供的通信方法进行描述,其中,下述实施例中的第二终端为图1b所示通信系统中为第一终端提供中继服务的任一终端,用户面网元为图1b所示通信系统中第二终端建立的PDU会话对应的用户面网元,第一N3IWF为图1b所示通信系统中与第一终端建立的PDU会话对应的N3IWF,第一用户面网元为图1b所示通信系统中第一终端建立的PDU会话对应的用户面网元,服务器为图1b 所示通信系统中数据网络中的任一服务器。下述实施例所述的第一终端、第二终端、接入网网元、用户面网元、第一N3IWF、第一用户面网元、服务器均可以具备图2所示部件。The communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described below in conjunction with the communication system shown in FIG. 1b. The second terminal in the following embodiment is any one of the communication system shown in FIG. Terminal, the user plane network element is the user plane network element corresponding to the PDU session established by the second terminal in the communication system shown in FIG. 1b, and the first N3IWF is the N3IWF corresponding to the PDU session established with the first terminal in the communication system shown in FIG. 1b , The first user plane network element is the user plane network element corresponding to the PDU session established by the first terminal in the communication system shown in FIG. 1b, and the server is any server in the data network in the communication system shown in FIG. 1b. The first terminal, the second terminal, the access network network element, the user plane network element, the first N3IWF, the first user plane network element, and the server described in the following embodiments may all have the components shown in FIG. 2.
图3a为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程图,如图3a所示,该方法可以包括:Fig. 3a is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the application. As shown in Fig. 3a, the method may include:
步骤301、第一终端将第一终端的数据发送给第二终端;相应的,第二终端接收第一终端的数据。Step 301: The first terminal sends the data of the first terminal to the second terminal; correspondingly, the second terminal receives the data of the first terminal.
其中,第一终端的数据的源地址可以为第一终端的IP地址,目的地址可以为第一N3IWF的IP地址;第一终端的数据可以理解为需要第二终端进行中继转发的数据,不包括第一终端发送的目的地址为第二终端的数据。Among them, the source address of the data of the first terminal can be the IP address of the first terminal, and the destination address can be the IP address of the first N3IWF; the data of the first terminal can be understood as data that needs to be relayed by the second terminal. Including data whose destination address is the second terminal sent by the first terminal.
第一终端的数据的目的地址可以为预先配置在第一终端中的第一N3IWF的IP地址。对于预先配置多个第一N3IWF的IP地址情况,第一终端选择其中一个N3IWF的IP地址作为第一终端的数据的目的地址。具体的,第一N3IWF与跟踪区(tracking area)具有对应关系,第一终端可以根据当前的跟踪区选择第一N3IWF。或者,第一N3IWF与公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)具有对应关系,第一终端根据当前的PLMN选择第一N3IWF。The destination address of the data of the first terminal may be the IP address of the first N3IWF pre-configured in the first terminal. For the case where multiple IP addresses of the first N3IWF are pre-configured, the first terminal selects one of the IP addresses of the N3IWF as the destination address of the data of the first terminal. Specifically, the first N3IWF has a corresponding relationship with a tracking area, and the first terminal may select the first N3IWF according to the current tracking area. Alternatively, the first N3IWF has a corresponding relationship with a public land mobile network (public land mobile network, PLMN), and the first terminal selects the first N3IWF according to the current PLMN.
具体的,第一终端可以与第二终端之间建立PC5通信连接进行通信,通过PC5接口将第一终端的数据发送给第二终端。Specifically, the first terminal may establish a PC5 communication connection with the second terminal for communication, and send the data of the first terminal to the second terminal through the PC5 interface.
除发送第一终端的数据之外,第一终端还可以将包括第二终端的目的地址的数据发送给第二终端,这些数据不需要中继转发。其中,第二终端的目的地址可以为第二终端的IP地址,第二终端的IP地址指建立PC5通信连接时,第一终端为第二终端分配的用于PC5通信的IP地址或第二终端自己分配的用于PC5通信的IP地址。In addition to sending the data of the first terminal, the first terminal may also send data including the destination address of the second terminal to the second terminal, and these data do not need to be relayed and forwarded. Wherein, the destination address of the second terminal may be the IP address of the second terminal, and the IP address of the second terminal refers to the IP address assigned by the first terminal to the second terminal for PC5 communication or the second terminal when the PC5 communication connection is established. The IP address assigned by yourself for PC5 communication.
例如,在进行PC5通信时,第一终端可以将第一终端的数据的源地址设置为第二终端为第一终端分配的IP地址,将第一终端的数据的目的地址设置成第一N3IWF的IP地址,将第一终端的数据、第一终端的数据的源地址、以及第一终端的数据的目的地址封装在同一数据包中,通过PC5接口发送给第二终端,以使第二终端接收到该数据包后,根据数据包中包括的源地址确定该数据包中的数据为第一终端的数据。For example, during PC5 communication, the first terminal can set the source address of the first terminal's data to the IP address assigned by the second terminal to the first terminal, and set the destination address of the first terminal's data to the first N3IWF IP address, encapsulate the data of the first terminal, the source address of the data of the first terminal, and the destination address of the data of the first terminal in the same data packet, and send it to the second terminal through the PC5 interface so that the second terminal can receive After arriving at the data packet, it is determined according to the source address included in the data packet that the data in the data packet is data of the first terminal.
其中,为了提高数据传输的可靠性,可选的,如图1b所示,第一终端可以与第一N3IWF之间建立IPsec隧道,确定IPsec隧道对应的公私钥。在利用IPsec隧道进行数据传输时,第一终端可以利用公钥对第一终端的数据进行加密,将加密后的第一终端的数据、第一终端的IP地址、第一N3IWF的IP地址封装在数据包中发送给第二终端,以使第二终端在接收到数据包后,将数据包中的第一终端的IP地址修改为第二终端的IP地址,将加密后的第一终端的数据、第二终端的IP地址、第一N3IWF的IP地址封装在数据包中通过预先建立的PDU会话发送给用户面网元,以使用户面网元根据数据包的目的地址,即第一N3IWF的IP地址将数据包转发给对应的第一N3IWF,以使第一N3IWF利用私钥对数据包中加密的第一终端的数据进行解密,得到第一终端的数据。其中,上述PDU会话为第二终端的PDU会话,用于为第一终端提供中继服务。第二终端的IP地址为第二终端的PDU会话对应的IP地址。In order to improve the reliability of data transmission, optionally, as shown in FIG. 1b, an IPsec tunnel may be established between the first terminal and the first N3IWF, and the public and private keys corresponding to the IPsec tunnel may be determined. When using the IPsec tunnel for data transmission, the first terminal can use the public key to encrypt the data of the first terminal, and encapsulate the encrypted data of the first terminal, the IP address of the first terminal, and the IP address of the first N3IWF in The data packet is sent to the second terminal, so that after receiving the data packet, the second terminal modifies the IP address of the first terminal in the data packet to the IP address of the second terminal, and the encrypted data of the first terminal The IP address of the second terminal and the IP address of the first N3IWF are encapsulated in a data packet and sent to the user plane network element through a pre-established PDU session, so that the user plane network element is based on the destination address of the data packet, that is, the first N3IWF's The IP address forwards the data packet to the corresponding first N3IWF, so that the first N3IWF uses the private key to decrypt the encrypted data of the first terminal in the data packet to obtain the data of the first terminal. Wherein, the above-mentioned PDU session is a PDU session of the second terminal, which is used to provide a relay service for the first terminal. The IP address of the second terminal is the IP address corresponding to the PDU session of the second terminal.
具体的,IPsec隧道用于在IP层对数据传输进行安全保护,尤其是在不安全的网络环境中对传输敏感数据的保护。通信双方可以通过在IP层执行加密、数据源认证等操作来确保网络传输时数据包的机密性、数据一致性、数据源认证、以及抗重放。Specifically, the IPsec tunnel is used to securely protect data transmission at the IP layer, especially to protect the transmission of sensitive data in an insecure network environment. The communication parties can ensure the confidentiality, data consistency, data source authentication, and anti-replay of data packets during network transmission by performing operations such as encryption and data source authentication at the IP layer.
本申请实施例中,通过在第一终端与第一N3IWF之间建立IPsec隧道,可以保证第一终端的数据在传输过程中不被篡改,实现对第一终端的数据的加密保护。In the embodiment of the present application, by establishing an IPsec tunnel between the first terminal and the first N3IWF, it can be ensured that the data of the first terminal is not tampered with during transmission, and the encryption and protection of the data of the first terminal can be realized.
需要说明的是,上述第一终端与第一N3IWF之间建立IPsec隧道的具体过程可参照现有技术对IPsec隧道的描述,不予赘述。It should be noted that the specific process of establishing an IPsec tunnel between the first terminal and the first N3IWF can refer to the description of the IPsec tunnel in the prior art, and will not be repeated.
具体的,第二终端建立PDU会话的过程可以参见下述图5所示方法。Specifically, the process of establishing a PDU session by the second terminal may refer to the method shown in FIG. 5 below.
步骤302、第二终端通过第二终端的PDU会话将上述第一终端的数据发送给接入网网元;相应的,接入网网元通过第二终端的PDU会话从第二终端接收上述第一终端的数据。Step 302: The second terminal sends the data of the first terminal to the network element of the access network through the PDU session of the second terminal; correspondingly, the network element of the access network receives the data of the first terminal from the second terminal through the PDU session of the second terminal. One terminal's data.
具体的,第二终端还可以接收第一终端的数据的源地址和目的地址。Specifically, the second terminal may also receive the source address and the destination address of the data of the first terminal.
具体的,第二终端将接收到的第一终端的数据的源地址修改为第二终端的IP地址,将第一终端的数据、第二终端的IP地址、以及第一终端的数据的目的地址封装在数据包中发送给接入网网元。Specifically, the second terminal modifies the source address of the received data of the first terminal to the IP address of the second terminal, and changes the data of the first terminal, the IP address of the second terminal, and the destination address of the data of the first terminal. Encapsulated in a data packet and sent to the access network element.
具体的,S302可以理解为第二终端通过第二终端的PDU会话对应的数据无线承载(data radio bear,DRB)将上述第一终端的数据发送给接入网网元;相应的,接入网网元通过第二终端的PDU会话对应的数据无线承载从第二终端接收上述第一终端的数据。Specifically, S302 can be understood as that the second terminal sends the data of the first terminal to the network element of the access network through the data radio bear (DRB) corresponding to the PDU session of the second terminal; correspondingly, the access network The network element receives the data of the first terminal from the second terminal through the data radio bearer corresponding to the PDU session of the second terminal.
步骤303、接入网网元通过第二终端的PDU会话将第一终端的数据发送给用户面网元;相应的,用户面网元通过第二终端的PDU会话接收第一终端的数据。Step 303: The access network element sends the data of the first terminal to the user plane network element through the PDU session of the second terminal; correspondingly, the user plane network element receives the data of the first terminal through the PDU session of the second terminal.
其中,第一终端的数据是数据包的形式。该数据包可以是步骤302所述的数据包。Among them, the data of the first terminal is in the form of a data packet. The data packet may be the data packet described in step 302.
具体的,接入网网元可以通过PDU会话对应的N3接口将数据包转发给用户面网元。Specifically, the access network element may forward the data packet to the user plane network element through the N3 interface corresponding to the PDU session.
步骤304、用户面网元判断上述PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配。Step 304: The user plane network element judges whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
具体的,用户面网元在接收到数据包之后,可以将数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址进行对比,判断是否匹配。例如:若数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址相同,则确定数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址匹配,反之,则确定不匹配。Specifically, after receiving the data packet, the user plane network element may compare the destination address of the data packet with the IP address of the first N3IWF to determine whether it matches. For example: if the destination address of the data packet is the same as the IP address of the first N3IWF, it is determined that the destination address of the data packet matches the IP address of the first N3IWF, otherwise, it is determined that it does not match.
示例性的,用户面网元可以采用下述方式一至方式三中任一方式获取第一N3IWF的IP地址:Exemplarily, the user plane network element may obtain the IP address of the first N3IWF in any of the following manners 1 to 3:
方式一:用户面网元预先配置有第一N3IWF的IP地址。Manner 1: The user plane network element is pre-configured with the IP address of the first N3IWF.
可选的,网络管理网元可以将用户面网元所在的PLMN对应的多个第一N3IWF的IP地址配置在用户面网元上。Optionally, the network management network element may configure the IP addresses of multiple first N3IWFs corresponding to the PLMN where the user plane network element is located on the user plane network element.
例如,用户面网元所在的PLMN对应的第一N3IWF的IP地址包括IP1、IP2和IP3为例,网络管理网元可以将IP1、IP2和IP3均配置在用户面网元。For example, the IP address of the first N3IWF corresponding to the PLMN where the user plane network element is located includes IP1, IP2, and IP3. As an example, the network management network element may configure all IP1, IP2, and IP3 on the user plane network element.
方式二:用户面网元接收会话管理网元发送的第一N3IWF的IP地址。Manner 2: The user plane network element receives the IP address of the first N3IWF sent by the session management network element.
方式三:用户面网元接收会话管理网元发送的PLMN的标识信息,根据PLMN的标识信息,确定第一N3IWF的IP地址。Manner 3: The user plane network element receives the identification information of the PLMN sent by the session management network element, and determines the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the identification information of the PLMN.
其中,PLMN的标识信息可以为PLMN的身份信息或其他可以用于标识PLMN的信息。用户面网元可以根据PLMN的标识信息,向PLMN对应的网络存储网元(NF repository function,NRF)请求获取保存第一N3IWF的IP地址的网元的信息,再根据获取的网元的信息确定网元,并从该网元处获取第一N3IWF的IP地址。其中,保存第一N3IWF的IP地址的网元可以为UDM或UDR等,不予限制。Wherein, the identification information of the PLMN may be the identity information of the PLMN or other information that can be used to identify the PLMN. The user plane network element can request the network storage network element (NF repository function, NRF) corresponding to the PLMN to obtain the information of the network element storing the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the identification information of the PLMN, and then determine according to the obtained information of the network element Network element, and obtain the IP address of the first N3IWF from the network element. Among them, the network element storing the IP address of the first N3IWF may be UDM or UDR, etc., which is not limited.
需要说明的是,每个PLMN对应的第一N3IWF的IP地址为预先配置的,PLMN与第 一N3IWF的对应关系可参照现有技术对PLMN的描述,不予赘述。It should be noted that the IP address of the first N3IWF corresponding to each PLMN is pre-configured, and the corresponding relationship between the PLMN and the first N3IWF can be referred to the description of the PLMN in the prior art, and will not be repeated.
一种可能的设计,用户面网元接收会话管理网元发送的第一指示信息,根据第一指示信息,判断PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配。其中,第一指示信息用于指示用户面网元判断PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配。In a possible design, the user plane network element receives the first indication information sent by the session management network element, and according to the first indication information, determines whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF. The first indication information is used to instruct the user plane network element to determine whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
又一种可能的设计,用户面网元接收会话管理网元发送的第二指示信息,根据第二指示信息,判断PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配。其中,第二指示信息用于指示PDU会话用于中继服务。示例性的,可以将用户面网元预先配置成:当其对应的PDU会话用于中继服务时,需要将通过该PDU会话接收到的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址进行匹配。In another possible design, the user plane network element receives the second indication information sent by the session management network element, and determines whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the second indication information. Wherein, the second indication information is used to indicate that the PDU session is used for the relay service. Exemplarily, the user plane network element can be pre-configured to: when the corresponding PDU session is used for the relay service, the destination address of the data packet received through the PDU session needs to be matched with the IP address of the first N3IWF .
可选的,第二指示信息还包括第一终端的标识信息。第一终端的标识信息包括以下至少一种:第一终端的IP地址、PDU会话的标识信息(例如,PDU会话对应的N4接口)、第一终端的身份信息(例如,第一终端的ID)。Optionally, the second indication information further includes identification information of the first terminal. The identification information of the first terminal includes at least one of the following: the IP address of the first terminal, the identification information of the PDU session (for example, the N4 interface corresponding to the PDU session), and the identification information of the first terminal (for example, the ID of the first terminal) .
可选的,会话管理网元可以在PDU会话建立过程将第一指示信息或第二指示信息携带在N4会话建立(N4 session establishment)请求消息中发送给用户面网元;或者,会话管理网元可以在PDU会话建立完成之后,将第一指示信息或第二指示信息携带在N4会话修改(N4 session modification)消息中发送给用户面网元。相应地,UPF将第一指示信息或第二指示信息存储在N4会话上下文(N4 session context)中。Optionally, the session management network element may carry the first indication information or the second indication information in the N4 session establishment request message during the PDU session establishment process and send it to the user plane network element; or, the session management network element After the establishment of the PDU session is completed, the first indication information or the second indication information may be carried in an N4 session modification (N4 session modification) message and sent to the user plane network element. Correspondingly, the UPF stores the first indication information or the second indication information in the N4 session context (N4 session context).
其中,N4会话建立请求消息或者N4会话修改消息还可以包括一些现有信息,如业务对应的处理策略、分组检测规则(packet detection rule,PDR)以及PDR关联的转发动作规则(forwarding action rule,FAR)、服务质量流(QoS flow)映射规则等其他信息,不予限制,这些信息的相关描述可参照现有技术,不予赘述。Among them, the N4 session establishment request message or the N4 session modification message may also include some existing information, such as the processing strategy corresponding to the service, the packet detection rule (PDR), and the forwarding action rule (FAR) associated with the PDR. ), quality of service flow (QoS flow) mapping rules and other information are not limited, and the related description of these information can refer to the prior art, and will not be repeated.
步骤305、如果用户面网元判断PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址匹配,用户面网元向PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址对应的第一N3IWF发送数据包。相应的,第一N3IWF接收用户面网元发送的数据包。Step 305: If the user plane network element determines that the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF, the user plane network element sends the data packet to the first N3IWF corresponding to the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session. Correspondingly, the first N3IWF receives the data packet sent by the user plane network element.
其中,第一N3IWF可以为多个,当某个第一N3IWF的IP地址与数据包的目的地址匹配时,用户面网元可以将该数据包发送给其目的地址对应的第一N3IWF。There may be multiple first N3IWFs. When the IP address of a certain first N3IWF matches the destination address of the data packet, the user plane network element may send the data packet to the first N3IWF corresponding to its destination address.
可选的,用户面网元接收会话管理网元发送的第三指示信息,根据第三指示信息,将数据包发送给其目的地址对应的第一N3IWF。其中,第三指示信息用于指示当用户面网元判断PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址匹配时,向第一N3IWF发送数据包。Optionally, the user plane network element receives the third indication information sent by the session management network element, and according to the third indication information, sends the data packet to the first N3IWF corresponding to its destination address. The third indication information is used to indicate that when the user plane network element determines that the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF, it sends the data packet to the first N3IWF.
具体的,用户面网元可以预先建立与第一N3IWF之间的转发隧道,并保存第一N3IWF与转发隧道之间的对应关系。Specifically, the user plane network element may pre-establish a forwarding tunnel with the first N3IWF, and save the correspondence between the first N3IWF and the forwarding tunnel.
例如,以第一N3IWF包括第一N3IWF1、第一N3IWF2和第一N3IWF3为例,预先建立的转发隧道可以包括第一N3IWF1对应的转发隧道1、第一N3IWF2对应的转发隧道2、以及第一N3IWF3对应的转发隧道3。当数据包的目的地址为第一N3IWF1的IP地址时,用户面网元可以通过转发隧道1将数据包转发给第一N3IWF1。For example, taking the first N3IWF including the first N3IWF1, the first N3IWF2, and the first N3IWF3 as an example, the pre-established forwarding tunnel may include the forwarding tunnel corresponding to the first N3IWF1, the forwarding tunnel corresponding to the first N3IWF2, and the first N3IWF3. The corresponding forwarding tunnel 3. When the destination address of the data packet is the IP address of the first N3IWF1, the user plane network element can forward the data packet to the first N3IWF1 through the forwarding tunnel 1.
可替换的,用户面网元也可以动态建立与第一N3IWF之间的转发隧道。以数据包的目的地址为第一N3IWF1的IP地址为例,用户面网元可以实时建立与第一N3IWF1之间 的转发隧道,并通过实时建立的转发隧道将数据包转发给第一N3IWF1。Alternatively, the user plane network element may also dynamically establish a forwarding tunnel with the first N3IWF. Taking the destination address of the data packet as the IP address of the first N3IWF1 as an example, the user plane network element can establish a forwarding tunnel with the first N3IWF1 in real time, and forward the data packet to the first N3IWF1 through the forwarding tunnel established in real time.
步骤306、第一N3IWF将第一终端的数据通过第一终端的PDU会话发送给第一用户面网元。相应的,第一用户面网元接收第一N3IWF发送的第一终端的数据。Step 306: The first N3IWF sends the data of the first terminal to the first user plane network element through the PDU session of the first terminal. Correspondingly, the first user plane network element receives the data of the first terminal sent by the first N3IWF.
其中,第一终端的PDU会话是指:第一终端通过第一N3IWF与第一用户面网元之间建立的PDU会话。The PDU session of the first terminal refers to a PDU session established between the first terminal and the first user plane network element through the first N3IWF.
步骤307、第一用户面网元将第一终端的数据转发给数据网络中的服务器。相应的,服务器接收第一用户面网元发送的第一终端的数据。Step 307: The first user plane network element forwards the data of the first terminal to the server in the data network. Correspondingly, the server receives the data of the first terminal sent by the first user plane network element.
具体的,第一用户面网元将接收到的数据包发送给服务器,以使服务器对第一终端的数据进行处理,将处理后的结果返回给第一终端。Specifically, the first user plane network element sends the received data packet to the server, so that the server processes the data of the first terminal, and returns the processed result to the first terminal.
图3a所示的方法中,第二终端的PDU会话对应的用户面网元在接收到包括第一终端的数据的数据包时,可以判断该数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配,如果匹配,将该数据包转发给其目的地址对应的第一N3IWF。当第一终端将第一终端的数据的目的地址设置为服务器时,本申请实施例中的用户面网元可以判断出包括该第一终端的数据的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配,从而不对数据包进行下一步的传输,避免用户面网元将数据包直接转发给服务器。使得网络侧可以通过第一N3IWF发现终端,进而实现对第一终端的网络认证、计费或其他控制操作。且本申请实施例中,第一终端通过与第一N3IWF之间建立IPsec隧道,可以避免第二终端解析出第一终端的数据,也能提高数据传输的安全性。In the method shown in Figure 3a, when the user plane network element corresponding to the PDU session of the second terminal receives a data packet that includes the data of the first terminal, it can determine whether the destination address of the data packet is the same as the IP address of the first N3IWF. Match, if it matches, forward the data packet to the first N3IWF corresponding to its destination address. When the first terminal sets the destination address of the data of the first terminal as the server, the user plane network element in the embodiment of the present application can determine that the destination address of the data packet including the data of the first terminal is the same as the IP of the first N3IWF. The addresses do not match, so that the data packet is not transmitted in the next step, and the user plane network element is prevented from directly forwarding the data packet to the server. The network side can discover the terminal through the first N3IWF, and then realize the network authentication, charging or other control operations for the first terminal. Moreover, in the embodiment of the present application, the first terminal establishes an IPsec tunnel with the first N3IWF, which can prevent the second terminal from parsing out the data of the first terminal, and can also improve the security of data transmission.
上述图3a所示方法描述了用户面网元在判断数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址匹配后,所执行的动作。进一步的,图3b所示方法还包括下述步骤308至步骤311,下述步骤308至步骤311描述的是当用户面网元判断数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配时,用户面网元所执行的动作。步骤308至步骤311可以用于替换上述步骤305至步骤307。The method shown in FIG. 3a described above describes the actions performed by the user plane network element after judging that the destination address of the data packet matches the IP address of the first N3IWF. Furthermore, the method shown in FIG. 3b further includes the following steps 308 to 311. The following steps 308 to 311 describe when the user plane network element determines that the destination address of the data packet does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF, Actions performed by user plane network elements. Step 308 to step 311 can be used to replace the above step 305 to step 307.
步骤308、如果用户面网元判断PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配,用户面网元向会话管理网元发送第四指示信息;相应的,会话管理网元接收第四指示信息。Step 308: If the user plane network element determines that the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF, the user plane network element sends fourth indication information to the session management network element; correspondingly, the session management network element Receive the fourth instruction information.
其中,第四指示信息包括第一终端的标识信息,第四指示信息用于指示PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与所述第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配。第四指示信息可以承载在数据通知(data notification)消息中。The fourth indication information includes the identification information of the first terminal, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF. The fourth indication information may be carried in a data notification (data notification) message.
可选的,用户面网元接收会话管理网元发送的第一终端的标识信息,其中,第一终端的标识信息包括以下至少一种:第一终端的IP地址、PDU会话的标识信息(例如,PDU会话对应的N4接口)、第一终端的身份信息(例如,第一终端的ID)。Optionally, the user plane network element receives the identification information of the first terminal sent by the session management network element, where the identification information of the first terminal includes at least one of the following: the IP address of the first terminal, the identification information of the PDU session (for example, , The N4 interface corresponding to the PDU session), and the identity information of the first terminal (for example, the ID of the first terminal).
可选的,用户面网元接收会话管理网元发送的第五指示信息,根据第五指示信息,向会话管理网元发送第四指示信息。其中,第五指示信息用于指示当用户面网元判断PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配时,向会话管理网元发送第四指示信息。第五指示信息可以承载在N4会话建立或N4会话修改消息中,相应地,用户面网元将第五指示信息存储在N4会话上下文中。Optionally, the user plane network element receives the fifth instruction information sent by the session management network element, and sends fourth instruction information to the session management network element according to the fifth instruction information. The fifth indication information is used to indicate that when the user plane network element determines that the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF, the fourth indication information is sent to the session management network element. The fifth indication information may be carried in the N4 session establishment or N4 session modification message. Accordingly, the user plane network element stores the fifth indication information in the N4 session context.
步骤309、会话管理网元根据第四指示信息,释放第一终端的上下文。Step 309: The session management network element releases the context of the first terminal according to the fourth indication information.
具体的,会话管理网元接收到第四指示信息后,根据第四指示信息包括的第一终端的 标识,可以确定第一终端对应的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配,释放第一终端的上下文。Specifically, after the session management network element receives the fourth indication information, according to the identification of the first terminal included in the fourth indication information, it can be determined that the destination address of the data packet corresponding to the first terminal does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF. Release the context of the first terminal.
其中,第一终端的上下文可以包括会话管理网元中保存的第二终端为第一终端建立的用于中继服务的PDU会话的相关信息。具体地,第一终端的上下文可以是第一终端的标识信息和第二终端为第一终端分配的地址信息。Wherein, the context of the first terminal may include related information of the PDU session for the relay service established by the second terminal for the first terminal and stored in the session management network element. Specifically, the context of the first terminal may be the identification information of the first terminal and the address information allocated by the second terminal to the first terminal.
可选的,当第一终端的标识信息为第一终端的IP地址时,会话管理网元根据第一终端的IP地址确定第一终端对应的PDU会话的相关信息。或者,当第一终端的标识信息为第一终端的身份信息时,会话管理网元根据为第二终端建立PDU会话时保存的第一终端的身份信息与第一终端的IP地址的对应关系,确定第一终端的IP地址,根据第一终端的IP地址确定第一终端对应的PDU会话的相关信息。或者,当第一终端的标识信息为PDU会话的标识信息时,会话管理网元根据PDU会话的标识信息确定PDU会话的相关信息。Optionally, when the identification information of the first terminal is the IP address of the first terminal, the session management network element determines the related information of the PDU session corresponding to the first terminal according to the IP address of the first terminal. Or, when the identification information of the first terminal is the identity information of the first terminal, the session management network element is based on the correspondence between the identity information of the first terminal and the IP address of the first terminal stored when establishing a PDU session for the second terminal, The IP address of the first terminal is determined, and the related information of the PDU session corresponding to the first terminal is determined according to the IP address of the first terminal. Or, when the identification information of the first terminal is the identification information of the PDU session, the session management network element determines the related information of the PDU session according to the identification information of the PDU session.
需要说明的是,第一终端的上下文可以参照现有技术中对第一终端的上下文的描述,不予赘述。It should be noted that, for the context of the first terminal, reference may be made to the description of the context of the first terminal in the prior art, which will not be repeated.
步骤310、会话管理网元通过移动性管理网元向第二终端发送指示信息;相应的,第二终端接收指示信息。Step 310: The session management network element sends instruction information to the second terminal through the mobility management network element; correspondingly, the second terminal receives the instruction information.
其中,指示信息用于指示第二终端释放第一终端的上下文。Wherein, the indication information is used to instruct the second terminal to release the context of the first terminal.
可选的,会话管理网元可以在接收到第四指示信息之后,将第四指示信息作为指示信息通过移动性管理网元转发给第二终端。Optionally, after receiving the fourth indication information, the session management network element may forward the fourth indication information as the indication information to the second terminal through the mobility management network element.
可选的,会话管理网元将第八指示信息作为指示信息通过移动性管理网元发送给第二终端。其中,第八指示信息包括第一终端的标识信息,第八指示信息用于指示释放第一终端的上下文。Optionally, the session management network element sends the eighth indication information as the indication information to the second terminal through the mobility management network element. The eighth indication information includes the identification information of the first terminal, and the eighth indication information is used to instruct to release the context of the first terminal.
需要说明的是,当会话管理网元通过移动性管理网元向第二终端发送的第一终端的标识信息为PDU会话的标识信息时,PDU会话的标识信息还可以为PDU会话的ID。It should be noted that, when the identification information of the first terminal sent by the session management network element to the second terminal through the mobility management network element is the identification information of the PDU session, the identification information of the PDU session may also be the ID of the PDU session.
步骤311、第二终端根据指示信息释放第一终端的上下文。Step 311: The second terminal releases the context of the first terminal according to the instruction information.
可选的,第二终端接收到第四指示信息,根据第四指示信息确定第一终端对应的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配,释放第一终端的上下文。Optionally, the second terminal receives the fourth indication information, determines according to the fourth indication information that the destination address of the data packet corresponding to the first terminal does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF, and releases the context of the first terminal.
可选的,第二终端接收到第八指示信息,根据第八指示信息释放第一终端的上下文。Optionally, the second terminal receives the eighth indication information, and releases the context of the first terminal according to the eighth indication information.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,第二终端释放第一终端的上下文是指第二终端删除与第一终端之间用于中继服务的相关信息。具体地,第一终端的上下文可以是第一终端的标识信息和第二终端为第一终端分配的地址信息。基于此,第二终端释放第一终端的上下文也可以描述为第二终端删除第一终端的上下文。It should be noted that, in this embodiment of the present application, that the second terminal releases the context of the first terminal means that the second terminal deletes relevant information used for the relay service between the second terminal and the first terminal. Specifically, the context of the first terminal may be the identification information of the first terminal and the address information allocated by the second terminal to the first terminal. Based on this, releasing the context of the first terminal by the second terminal can also be described as deleting the context of the first terminal by the second terminal.
基于上述描述,可以理解的是,第二终端删除第一终端的上下文之后,第一终端还可以向第二终端发送目的地址为第二终端的数据,第二终端也可以向第一终端发送目的地址为第一终端的数据。Based on the above description, it can be understood that after the second terminal deletes the context of the first terminal, the first terminal can also send data with the destination address of the second terminal to the second terminal, and the second terminal can also send the destination to the first terminal. The address is the data of the first terminal.
上述图3a与图3b所示方法描述的是数据传输过程中,用户面网元执行判断接收到的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配的动作。如图4所示的方法中,由第二终端判断第一终端的数据的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配。The methods shown in FIGS. 3a and 3b described above describe that during the data transmission process, the user plane network element performs the action of judging whether the destination address of the received data packet matches the IP address of the first N3IWF. In the method shown in FIG. 4, the second terminal determines whether the destination address of the data of the first terminal matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法,如图4所示,该方法包括:Fig. 4 is a communication method provided by an embodiment of the application. As shown in Fig. 4, the method includes:
步骤401、第一终端将第一终端的数据发送给第二终端;相应的,第二终端从第一终 端接收第一终端的数据。Step 401: The first terminal sends the data of the first terminal to the second terminal; correspondingly, the second terminal receives the data of the first terminal from the first terminal.
具体的,步骤401的描述可以参照上述步骤301,不予赘述。Specifically, the description of step 401 can refer to the above step 301, which will not be repeated.
步骤402、第二终端判断第一终端的数据的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配。Step 402: The second terminal judges whether the destination address of the data of the first terminal matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
示例性的,第二终端获取第一N3IWF的IP地址可以采用下述方式:Exemplarily, the second terminal may obtain the IP address of the first N3IWF in the following manner:
方式一:第二终端预先配置有第一N3IWF的IP地址。Manner 1: The second terminal is pre-configured with the IP address of the first N3IWF.
方式二:第二终端通过移动性管理网元接收会话管理网元发送的第一N3IWF的IP地址。Manner 2: The second terminal receives the IP address of the first N3IWF sent by the session management network element through the mobility management network element.
方式三:第二终端接收第一终端发送的PLMN的标识信息,根据PLMN的标识信息,确定第一N3IWF的IP地址。Manner 3: The second terminal receives the identification information of the PLMN sent by the first terminal, and determines the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the identification information of the PLMN.
其中,第二终端根据PLMN的标识信息确定第一N3IWF的IP地址的过程,可参照上述步骤304中用户面网元根据PLMN的标识信息确定第一N3IWF的IP地址的过程,不予赘述。The process for the second terminal to determine the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the identification information of the PLMN can refer to the process of determining the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the identification information of the PLMN in step 304 by the user plane network element, which will not be repeated.
步骤403、如果第二终端判断第一终端的数据的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址匹配,第二终端通过第二终端的PDU会话向第一终端的数据的目的地址对应的第一N3IWF发送第一终端的数据。相应的,第一N3IWF接收第一终端的数据。Step 403: If the second terminal determines that the destination address of the data of the first terminal matches the IP address of the first N3IWF, the second terminal sends to the first N3IWF corresponding to the destination address of the data of the first terminal through the PDU session of the second terminal The data of the first terminal. Correspondingly, the first N3IWF receives the data of the first terminal.
具体的,第二终端可以将第一终端的数据的源地址修改为第二终端的IP地址,将第一终端的数据、第二终端的IP地址、以及第一终端的数据的目的地址封装在数据包中。第二终端将该数据包发送给接入网网元,接入网网元将数据包转发给用户面网元,用户面网元根据数据包的目的地址将数据包转发给目的地址对应的第一N3IWF,由第一N3IWF将第一终端的数据根据第一终端建立的PDU会话发送给第一用户面网元,第一用户面网元将第一终端的数据发送给服务器。Specifically, the second terminal may modify the source address of the data of the first terminal to the IP address of the second terminal, and encapsulate the data of the first terminal, the IP address of the second terminal, and the destination address of the data of the first terminal in In the packet. The second terminal sends the data packet to the access network network element, the access network network element forwards the data packet to the user plane network element, and the user plane network element forwards the data packet to the first corresponding destination address according to the destination address of the data packet. An N3IWF. The first N3IWF sends the data of the first terminal to the first user plane network element according to the PDU session established by the first terminal, and the first user plane network element sends the data of the first terminal to the server.
步骤404、如果第二终端判断第一终端的数据的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配,第二终端释放第一终端的上下文。Step 404: If the second terminal determines that the destination address of the data of the first terminal does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF, the second terminal releases the context of the first terminal.
具体的,步骤404可参照上述步骤311中对第二终端释放第一终端的上下文的描述,不予赘述。Specifically, for step 404, reference may be made to the description of the second terminal releasing the context of the first terminal in step 311, which will not be repeated.
进一步的,第二终端还可以通过移动性管理网元向会话管理网元发送用于指示会话管理网元释放第一终端的上下文的指示信息,以使会话管理网元释放第一终端的上下文。Further, the second terminal may also send instruction information for instructing the session management network element to release the context of the first terminal to the session management network element through the mobility management network element, so that the session management network element releases the context of the first terminal.
图4所示的方法中,第二终端在接收到第一终端的数据时,可以判断数据的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配,如果匹配,将该数据转发给其目的地址对应的第一N3IWF。当第一终端将第一终端的数据的目的地址设置为服务器时,本申请实施例中的第二终端可以判断出包括第一终端的数据的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配,从而不对第一终端的数据进行下一步的传输,避免用户面网元将数据包直接转发给服务器。使得网络侧可以通过第一N3IWF发现终端,进而实现对第一终端的网络认证、计费或其他控制操作。In the method shown in Figure 4, when the second terminal receives data from the first terminal, it can determine whether the destination address of the data matches the IP address of the first N3IWF, and if they match, the data is forwarded to the corresponding destination address. The first N3IWF. When the first terminal sets the destination address of the data of the first terminal as the server, the second terminal in the embodiment of the present application can determine that the destination address of the data including the first terminal does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF, thus The data of the first terminal is not transmitted in the next step, and the user plane network element is prevented from directly forwarding the data packet to the server. This allows the network side to discover the terminal through the first N3IWF, and then implement network authentication, charging or other control operations for the first terminal.
基于上述实施例,参见图5,本申请实施例提供了一种第二终端建立PDU会话的过程,在该过程中,可以对第一终端发送的N3IWF的IP地址进行判断。如图5所示,该方法包括:Based on the foregoing embodiment and referring to FIG. 5, an embodiment of the present application provides a process for a second terminal to establish a PDU session. In this process, the IP address of the N3IWF sent by the first terminal can be judged. As shown in Figure 5, the method includes:
步骤501、第一终端与第二终端之间建立PC5通信连接。Step 501: A PC5 communication connection is established between the first terminal and the second terminal.
具体的,第一终端可以通过现有技术中的发现流程发现可以为第一终端提供中继服务的第二终端,并与第二终端建立PC5通信连接。Specifically, the first terminal can discover a second terminal that can provide a relay service for the first terminal through the discovery process in the prior art, and establish a PC5 communication connection with the second terminal.
可选的,第二终端可以为第一终端分配用于PC5通信连接的IP地址,即第一终端的IP地址。Optionally, the second terminal may allocate an IP address for the PC5 communication connection to the first terminal, that is, the IP address of the first terminal.
可选的,第一终端与第二终端建立PC5通信连接时,第一终端可以向第二终端发送第一终端的第二N3IWF的IP地址。Optionally, when the first terminal establishes a PC5 communication connection with the second terminal, the first terminal may send the IP address of the second N3IWF of the first terminal to the second terminal.
其中,第二N3IWF的IP地址可以预先配置在第一终端中。第一终端选择第二N3IWF的方法与步骤301中第一终端从多个第一N3IWF的IP地址中选择一个N3IWF的IP地址的方法相同。Wherein, the IP address of the second N3IWF may be pre-configured in the first terminal. The method for the first terminal to select the second N3IWF is the same as the method for the first terminal to select the IP address of one N3IWF from the IP addresses of the first N3IWF in step 301.
进一步的,步骤501还可以包括步骤501a。Further, step 501 may also include step 501a.
步骤501a、第二终端判断第二N3IWF的IP地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配。Step 501a: The second terminal judges whether the IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
其中,第二终端可以采用上述步骤402中的方式二或方式三获取第一N3IWF的IP地址。Wherein, the second terminal may obtain the IP address of the first N3IWF by using the second method or the third method in step 402 above.
如果第二N3IWF的IP地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址匹配,可以继续执行下述步骤502至步骤512建立为第一终端提供中继服务的PDU会话。If the IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF, the following steps 502 to 512 can be continued to establish a PDU session that provides a relay service for the first terminal.
如果第二N3IWF的IP地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配,第二终端可以删除第一终端的上下文,不用建立为第一终端提供中继服务的PDU会话。If the IP address of the second N3IWF does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF, the second terminal can delete the context of the first terminal without establishing a PDU session that provides relay services for the first terminal.
步骤502、第二终端通过接入网网元向移动性管理网元发送会话建立请求;相应的,移动性管理网元接收会话建立请求。Step 502: The second terminal sends a session establishment request to the mobility management network element through the access network element; correspondingly, the mobility management network element receives the session establishment request.
其中,该会话建立请求包括第一终端的标识信息,会话建立请求用于请求为第二终端建立用于为第一终端提供中继服务的PDU会话。Wherein, the session establishment request includes the identification information of the first terminal, and the session establishment request is used to request the establishment of a PDU session for the second terminal for providing a relay service for the first terminal.
具体的,第一终端的标识信息可以参照图3a、图3b或图4对第一终端的标识信息的描述,不予赘述。Specifically, for the identification information of the first terminal, reference may be made to the description of the identification information of the first terminal in FIG. 3a, FIG. 3b or FIG. 4, which is not repeated here.
可选的,终端还通过接入网网元向移动性管理网元发送会话的标识信息,其中,会话的标识信息用于标识会话。Optionally, the terminal further sends identification information of the session to the mobility management network element through the access network element, where the identification information of the session is used to identify the session.
可选的,会话建立请求和会话标识携带在非接入层消息(non access stratum message,NAS message)中发送给移动性管理网元。Optionally, the session establishment request and the session identifier are carried in a non-access stratum message (NAS message) and sent to the mobility management network element.
可选的,第二终端将第二N3IWF的IP地址发送给移动性管理网元,以使移动性管理网元将第二N3IWF的IP地址发送给会话管理网元,由会话管理网元执行上述步骤501中第二终端所执行的判断第二N3IWF的IP地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配的动作。Optionally, the second terminal sends the IP address of the second N3IWF to the mobility management network element, so that the mobility management network element sends the IP address of the second N3IWF to the session management network element, and the session management network element executes the foregoing The action performed by the second terminal in step 501 to determine whether the IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
步骤503、移动性管理网元向会话管理网元发送创建会话上下文请求消息;相应的,会话管理网元接收创建会话上下文请求消息。Step 503: The mobility management network element sends a session context creation request message to the session management network element; correspondingly, the session management network element receives the session context creation request message.
其中,创建会话上下文请求消息可以包括第一终端的标识信息、第二终端的标识信息、会话的标识信息和会话建立请求。Wherein, the session context creation request message may include the identification information of the first terminal, the identification information of the second terminal, the identification information of the session, and the session establishment request.
可选的,创建会话上下文请求消息还包括第二N3IWF的IP地址。Optionally, the session context creation request message further includes the IP address of the second N3IWF.
步骤504、会话管理网元向策略控制网元发送策略创建请求;相应的,策略控制网元接收策略创建请求。Step 504: The session management network element sends a policy creation request to the policy control network element; correspondingly, the policy control network element receives the policy creation request.
可选的,创建会话上下文请求消息包括第二N3IWF的IP地址。Optionally, the session context creation request message includes the IP address of the second N3IWF.
进一步的,与上述步骤501中第二终端判断第二N3IWF的IP地址与第一N3IWF的 IP地址是否匹配类似,步骤504可以包括下述步骤504a。Further, similar to the second terminal determining whether the IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF in step 501, step 504 may include the following step 504a.
步骤504a、会话管理网元判断第二N3IWF的IP地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配。Step 504a: The session management network element judges whether the IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
如果匹配,执行下述步骤505至步骤512为第二终端建立用于为第一终端提供中继服务的PDU会话,如果不匹配,则不为第二终端建立PDU会话。If they match, perform the following steps 505 to 512 to establish a PDU session for the second terminal to provide a relay service for the first terminal; if they do not match, no PDU session is established for the second terminal.
可选的,如果不匹配,会话管理网元删除第一终端的上下文。Optionally, if there is no match, the session management network element deletes the context of the first terminal.
可选的,如果不匹配,会话管理网元还通过移动性管理网元向第二终端发送用于指示第二终端释放第一终端的上下文的指示信息,或者向第二终端发送第二N3IWF的IP地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配的指示信息,以使第二终端根据该指示信息释放第一终端的上下文。Optionally, if there is no match, the session management network element also sends to the second terminal the indication information for instructing the second terminal to release the context of the first terminal through the mobility management network element, or sends the second N3IWF information to the second terminal. The indication information that the IP address does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF, so that the second terminal releases the context of the first terminal according to the indication information.
具体的,会话管理网元获取第一N3IWF的IP地址可以采用下述方式:Specifically, the session management network element may obtain the IP address of the first N3IWF in the following manner:
方式一:会话管理网元预先配置有第一N3IWF的IP地址。Manner 1: The session management network element is pre-configured with the IP address of the first N3IWF.
方式二:会话管理网元通过移动性管理网元和第二终端接收第一终端发送的PLMN的标识信息,根据PLMN的标识信息,确定第一N3IWF的IP地址。Manner 2: The session management network element receives the identification information of the PLMN sent by the first terminal through the mobility management network element and the second terminal, and determines the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the identification information of the PLMN.
其中,会话管理网元根据PLMN的标识信息,确定第一N3IWF的IP地址的过程与上述步骤304中用户面网元根据PLMN的标识信息,确定第一N3IWF的IP地址的过程类似,不予赘述。The process of the session management network element determining the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the identification information of the PLMN is similar to the process of determining the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the identification information of the PLMN in step 304 by the user plane network element, and will not be repeated here. .
其中,策略创建请求可以包括第一终端的标识信息、第二终端的标识信息和会话的标识信息。Wherein, the policy creation request may include the identification information of the first terminal, the identification information of the second terminal, and the identification information of the session.
可选的,策略创建请求可以为会话管理策略建立请求(SM policy establishment request)。例如,终端可以通过移动性管理网元向会话管理网元发送PDU会话建立请求,请求为终端建立PDU会话,会话管理网元接收到该PDU会话建立请求后,向策略控制网元发送SM policy establishment request。Optionally, the policy creation request may be a session management policy establishment request (SM policy establishment request). For example, the terminal may send a PDU session establishment request to the session management network element through the mobility management network element to request the establishment of a PDU session for the terminal. After receiving the PDU session establishment request, the session management network element sends SM policy establishment to the policy control network element request.
步骤505、策略控制网元向会话管理网元发送策略创建请求响应;相应的,会话管理网元接收策略创建请求响应。Step 505: The policy control network element sends a policy creation request response to the session management network element; correspondingly, the session management network element receives the policy creation request response.
其中,策略创建请求响应中可以包括一些现有信息,如策略与计费控制规则(policy and charging control rule,PCC规则)等,不予赘述。Among them, the policy creation request response may include some existing information, such as policy and charging control rules (policy and charging control rules, PCC rules), etc., which will not be repeated.
可选的,当请求消息为SM policy establishment request时,策略创建请求响应可以为会话管理策略建立响应(SM policy establishment response)。Optionally, when the request message is SM policy establishment request, the policy creation request response may be a session management policy establishment response (SM policy establishment response).
步骤506、会话管理网元向用户面网元发送N4会话建立请求;相应的,用户面网元接收N4会话建立请求。Step 506: The session management network element sends an N4 session establishment request to the user plane network element; correspondingly, the user plane network element receives the N4 session establishment request.
可选的,N4会话建立请求包括第一指示信息。Optionally, the N4 session establishment request includes first indication information.
可选的,N4会话建立请求包括第二指示信息。Optionally, the N4 session establishment request includes second indication information.
可选的,N4会话建立请求包括第一标识的信息。Optionally, the N4 session establishment request includes the information of the first identifier.
需要说明的是,上述第一指示信息、第二指示信息、第一终端的标识信息可以参照图3a中对第一指示信息、第二指示信息、第一终端的标识信息的描述,不予赘述。It should be noted that the first indication information, the second indication information, and the identification information of the first terminal may refer to the description of the first indication information, the second indication information, and the identification information of the first terminal in FIG. 3a, which will not be repeated here. .
可选的,N4会话建立请求还包括第二N3IWF的IP地址。Optionally, the N4 session establishment request further includes the IP address of the second N3IWF.
步骤507、用户面网元向会话管理网元发送N4会话建立请求响应。相应的,会话管理网元接收用户面网元发送的N4会话建立请求响应。Step 507: The user plane network element sends an N4 session establishment request response to the session management network element. Correspondingly, the session management network element receives the N4 session establishment request response sent by the user plane network element.
进一步的,步骤507还可以包括步骤507a。Further, step 507 may also include step 507a.
步骤507a、用户面网元判断第二N3IWF的IP地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配。Step 507a: The user plane network element judges whether the IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
其中,当用户面网元接收到第二N3IWF的IP地址时,可以将第二N3IWF的IP地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址进行匹配,将匹配结果以第六指示信息的形式携带在N4会话建立请求响应中发送给会话管理网元;其中,第六指示信息包括第一终端的标识信息,第六指示信息用于指示第二N3IWF的IP地址是否与第一N3IWF的IP地址匹配。Among them, when the user plane network element receives the IP address of the second N3IWF, it can match the IP address of the second N3IWF with the IP address of the first N3IWF, and carry the matching result in the form of the sixth indication information in the N4 session establishment The request response is sent to the session management network element; where the sixth indication information includes the identification information of the first terminal, and the sixth indication information is used to indicate whether the IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
如果第六指示信息用于指示第二N3IWF的IP地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址匹配,可以执行下述步骤508至步骤512建立为第一终端提供中继服务的PDU会话。If the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF, the following steps 508 to 512 may be performed to establish a PDU session for providing a relay service for the first terminal.
可选的,N4会话建立请求响应还包括用户面网元的隧道信息。Optionally, the N4 session establishment request response also includes tunnel information of the user plane network element.
可选的,用户面网元还接收会话管理网元发送的第七指示信息,根据第七指示信息,向会话管理网元发送第六指示信息。Optionally, the user plane network element further receives the seventh indication information sent by the session management network element, and sends sixth indication information to the session management network element according to the seventh indication information.
其中,第七指示信息用于指示用户面网元判断第二N3IWF的IP地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配。The seventh indication information is used to instruct the user plane network element to determine whether the IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
如果用户面网元判读第二N3IWF的IP地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配,可以将用于指示第二N3IWF的IP地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配的第六指示信息发送给会话管理网元,以使会话管理网元可以根据该第六指示信息删除第一终端的上下文。If the user plane network element judges that the IP address of the second N3IWF does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF, it can send the sixth indication information indicating that the IP address of the second N3IWF does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF to the session. The management network element, so that the session management network element can delete the context of the first terminal according to the sixth indication information.
可选的,会话管理网元还向第二终端发送用于指示第二终端释放第一终端的上下文的指示信息,或者向第二终端发送用于指示第二N3IWF的IP地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配的第六指示信息,以使第二终端根据第六指示信息释放第一终端的上下文。Optionally, the session management network element also sends to the second terminal indication information for instructing the second terminal to release the context of the first terminal, or sends to the second terminal indication information for indicating the IP address of the second N3IWF and the IP address of the first N3IWF. The sixth indication information that the IP address does not match, so that the second terminal releases the context of the first terminal according to the sixth indication information.
步骤508、会话管理网元向移动性管理网元发送N1N2信息传送消息。相应的,移动性管理网元接收会话管理网元发送的N1N2信息传送消息。Step 508: The session management network element sends an N1N2 information transfer message to the mobility management network element. Correspondingly, the mobility management network element receives the N1N2 information transfer message sent by the session management network element.
其中,N1N2信息传送消息包括会话的标识信息、用户面网元的隧道信息和会话建立接受信息;会话建立接受信息用于指示接受第二终端发送的会话建立请求。Wherein, the N1N2 information transfer message includes session identification information, tunnel information of the user plane network element, and session establishment acceptance information; the session establishment acceptance information is used to indicate acceptance of the session establishment request sent by the second terminal.
步骤509、移动性管理网元向接入网网元发送N2会话请求。相应的,接入网网元接收移动性管理网元发送的N2会话请求。Step 509: The mobility management network element sends an N2 session request to the access network network element. Correspondingly, the access network network element receives the N2 session request sent by the mobility management network element.
其中,N2会话请求包括会话的标识信息、用户面网元的隧道信息和会话建立接受信息。Among them, the N2 session request includes the identification information of the session, the tunnel information of the user plane network element, and the session establishment acceptance information.
步骤510、接入网网元向终端发送无线连接建立请求。相应的,终端接收接入网网元发送的N2会话请求。Step 510: The access network element sends a wireless connection establishment request to the terminal. Correspondingly, the terminal receives the N2 session request sent by the network element of the access network.
其中,无线连接建立请求可以包括会话建立接受信息。Wherein, the wireless connection establishment request may include session establishment acceptance information.
步骤511、接入网网元通过移动性管理网元向会话管理网元发送接入网网元隧道信息。相应的,会话管理网元接收接入网网元隧道信息。Step 511: The access network element sends the access network element tunnel information to the session management network element through the mobility management network element. Correspondingly, the session management network element receives the access network element tunnel information.
步骤512、会话管理网元向用户面网元发送N4会话修改请求。相应的,用户面网元接收N4会话修改请求。Step 512: The session management network element sends an N4 session modification request to the user plane network element. Correspondingly, the user plane network element receives the N4 session modification request.
其中,N4会话修改请求包括接入网网元隧道信息。Among them, the N4 session modification request includes access network element tunnel information.
会话管理网元通过将接入网网元隧道信息发送给用户面网元,将用户面网元隧道信息发送给接入网网元,便于接入网网元与用户面网元建立连接,完成PDU会话建立流程。The session management network element sends the access network element tunnel information to the user plane network element, and sends the user plane network element tunnel information to the access network element, so that the access network element and the user plane network element can establish a connection. PDU session establishment process.
基于图5所示方法,本申请实施例中,第二终端、或者会话管理网元、或者用户面网元通过在PDU会话建立过程中,判断第二N3IWF的IP地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配,如果不匹配,可以无需建立为第一终端提供中继服务的PDU会话,从而避免第一 终端的数据绕过第一N3IWF到达服务器,同时也可以节约网络资源。Based on the method shown in Figure 5, in this embodiment of the application, the second terminal, or the session management network element, or the user plane network element determines the IP address of the second N3IWF and the IP address of the first N3IWF during the PDU session establishment process Whether it matches. If it does not match, there is no need to establish a PDU session for the first terminal to provide a relay service, so as to prevent the data of the first terminal from bypassing the first N3IWF to reach the server, and at the same time, it can save network resources.
进一步的,当第二N3IWF的IP地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址匹配时,可以将第一终端提供的第二N3IWF的IP地址确定为第一N3IWF的IP地址,在进行数据传输时,基于图3a所示方法,用户面网元可以判断接收到的数据包的目的地址与第一终端提供的第二N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配。或者,基于图4所示方法,第二终端可以判断接收到的第一终端的数据的目的地址与第一终端提供的第二N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配。Further, when the IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF, the IP address of the second N3IWF provided by the first terminal may be determined as the IP address of the first N3IWF. When the data is transmitted, based on the figure In the method shown in 3a, the user plane network element can determine whether the destination address of the received data packet matches the IP address of the second N3IWF provided by the first terminal. Or, based on the method shown in FIG. 4, the second terminal may determine whether the destination address of the received data of the first terminal matches the IP address of the second N3IWF provided by the first terminal.
例如,以第一终端提供的第二N3IWF的IP地址包括IP1、IP2和IP3为例,假设第一N3IWF的IP地址包括IP1、IP2、IP3、IP4和IP5,用户面网元经过判断可以确定第二N3IWF的IP地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址匹配,在进行数据传输时,用户面网元可以将接收到的数据包的目的地址与IP1、IP2和IP3进行匹配,如果匹配,将数据包转发给目的地址对应的N3IWF。同理,第二终端执行的动作与用户面网元类似,不予赘述。For example, taking the IP address of the second N3IWF provided by the first terminal including IP1, IP2, and IP3 as an example, assuming that the IP address of the first N3IWF includes IP1, IP2, IP3, IP4, and IP5, the user plane network element can determine the first Second, the IP address of the N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF. During data transmission, the user plane network element can match the destination address of the received data packet with IP1, IP2, and IP3, and if it matches, forward the data packet Give the N3IWF corresponding to the destination address. In the same way, the action performed by the second terminal is similar to that of the user plane network element, and will not be repeated.
上述图5所示方法描述的是在为第二终端建立用于中继服务的PDU会话的过程中,可以由第二终端、或者会话管理网元、或者用户面网元判断第二N3IWF的IP地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配,如果匹配,则为第二终端建立用于提供中继服务的PDU会话,如果不匹配,则释放第一终端的上下文。The method shown in Figure 5 above describes that in the process of establishing a PDU session for the relay service for the second terminal, the second terminal, or the session management network element, or the user plane network element can determine the IP of the second N3IWF Whether the address matches the IP address of the first N3IWF, if they match, a PDU session for providing relay services is established for the second terminal, and if they do not match, the context of the first terminal is released.
可替换的,第二终端、或者会话管理网元、或者用户面网元判断第二N3IWF的IP地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配的过程也可以发生在为第二终端建立PDU会话之后,即第二终端对已经建立的PDU会话进行修改。Alternatively, the second terminal, or session management network element, or user plane network element judging whether the IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF may also occur after the PDU session is established for the second terminal. That is, the second terminal modifies the established PDU session.
具体的,第二终端可以发起PDU会话修改流程,在PDU会话修改流程的中加入第二N3IWF的IP地址,由第二终端、或者会话管理网元、或者用户面网元根据接收到的第二N3IWF的IP地址,判断第二N3IWF的IP地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配。Specifically, the second terminal may initiate a PDU session modification process, and add the IP address of the second N3IWF to the PDU session modification process. The second terminal, or the session management network element, or the user plane network element receives the second The IP address of the N3IWF, to determine whether the IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
需要说明的是,第二终端发起PDU会话修改流程可参照现有技术对PDU会话修改流程的描述,不予赘述。It should be noted that, for the second terminal to initiate the PDU session modification process, reference may be made to the description of the PDU session modification process in the prior art, which will not be repeated.
上述主要从设备之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是,各个设备为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的算法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。The foregoing mainly introduces the solution provided by the embodiment of the present application from the perspective of interaction between devices. It can be understood that, in order to implement the above-mentioned functions, each device includes a hardware structure and/or software module corresponding to each function. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that in combination with the algorithm steps of the examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对各个网元进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。The embodiment of the present application may divide the function modules of each network element according to the foregoing method examples. For example, each function module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module. The above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
在采用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块的情况下,图6示出了一种通信装置,通信装置60可以为用户面网元或者用户面网元中的芯片或者片上系统。该通信装置60可以用于执行上述实施例中涉及的用户面网元的功能。图6所示通信装置60包括:接收模块601,处理模块602,发送模块603。In the case of dividing each functional module corresponding to each function, FIG. 6 shows a communication device, and the communication device 60 may be a user plane network element or a chip or a system on a chip in a user plane network element. The communication device 60 may be used to perform the functions of the user plane network element involved in the foregoing embodiment. The communication device 60 shown in FIG. 6 includes: a receiving module 601, a processing module 602, and a sending module 603.
接收模块601,用于通过第二终端的PDU会话接收包括第一终端的数据的数据包,第二终端为第一终端的中继节点。The receiving module 601 is configured to receive a data packet including data of the first terminal through a PDU session of the second terminal, and the second terminal is a relay node of the first terminal.
处理模块602,用于判断PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配。The processing module 602 is configured to determine whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
发送模块603,用于如果匹配,向PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址对应的第一N3IWF发送数据包。The sending module 603 is configured to send a data packet to the first N3IWF corresponding to the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session if it matches.
其中,该通信装置60的具体实现方式可参考图3a-图5所述通信方法中用户面网元的行为功能。For the specific implementation of the communication device 60, refer to the behavior function of the user plane network element in the communication method described in FIG. 3a-5.
一种可能的设计中,接收模块601,还用于接收来自会话管理网元的用于指示用户面网元判断PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配的第一指示信息;处理模块602,还用于根据第一指示信息,判断PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配。In a possible design, the receiving module 601 is also configured to receive the first N3IWF IP address that is used to instruct the user plane network element to determine whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF from the session management network element. Indication information; the processing module 602 is also used to determine whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the first indication information.
一种可能的设计中,接收模块601,还用于接收来自会话管理网元的用于指示PDU会话用于中继服务的第二指示信息;处理模块602,还用于根据第二指示信息,判断PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配。In a possible design, the receiving module 601 is further configured to receive second indication information from the session management network element for indicating that the PDU session is used for the relay service; the processing module 602 is further configured to, according to the second indication information, Determine whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
一种可能的设计中,接收模块601,还用于接收来自会话管理网元的第三指示信息;其中,第三指示信息用于指示当用户面网元判断PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址匹配时,向PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址对应的第一N3IWF发送数据包;发送模块603,还用于根据第三指示信息,向PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址对应的第一N3IWF发送数据包。In a possible design, the receiving module 601 is also used to receive the third indication information from the session management network element; where the third indication information is used to indicate when the user plane network element determines the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session When it matches the IP address of the first N3IWF, it sends the data packet to the first N3IWF corresponding to the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session; the sending module 603 is further configured to send the data packet to the data packet carried by the PDU session according to the third indication information. The first N3IWF corresponding to the destination address sends the data packet.
一种可能的设计中,发送模块603,还用于如果PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配,向会话管理网元发送包括第一终端的标识信息的第四指示信息;第四指示信息用于指示PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配。In a possible design, the sending module 603 is also configured to send the fourth terminal including the identification information of the first terminal to the session management network element if the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF. Indication information; the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF.
一种可能的设计中,接收模块601,还用于接收来自会话管理网元的第五指示信息;其中,第五指示信息用于指示当用户面网元判断PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配时,向会话管理网元发送第四指示信息;发送模块603,还用于根据第五指示信息,向会话管理网元发送第四指示信息。In a possible design, the receiving module 601 is also used to receive fifth indication information from the session management network element; where the fifth indication information is used to indicate when the user plane network element determines the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session When the IP address of the first N3IWF does not match, send fourth instruction information to the session management network element; the sending module 603 is further configured to send fourth instruction information to the session management network element according to the fifth instruction information.
一种可能的设计中,接收模块601,还用于用户面网元接收来自会话管理网元的第一终端提供的第二N3IWF的IP地址;发送模块603,还用于向会话管理网元发送包括第一终端的标识信息的第六指示信息;第六指示信息用于指示第二N3IWF的IP地址是否与第一N3IWF的IP地址匹配。In a possible design, the receiving module 601 is also used for the user plane network element to receive the IP address of the second N3IWF provided by the first terminal of the session management network element; the sending module 603 is also used for sending to the session management network element The sixth indication information including the identification information of the first terminal; the sixth indication information is used to indicate whether the IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
一种可能的设计中,接收模块601,还用于接收来自会话管理网元的用于指示用户面网元判断第二N3IWF的IP地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配的第七指示信息;发送模块603,还用于根据第七指示信息,向会话管理网元发送第六指示信息。In a possible design, the receiving module 601 is further configured to receive seventh indication information from the session management network element for instructing the user plane network element to determine whether the IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF; The sending module 603 is further configured to send sixth indication information to the session management network element according to the seventh indication information.
一种可能的设计中,用户面网元预先配置有第一N3IWF的IP地址;或者用户面网元接收来自会话管理网元的第一N3IWF的IP地址;或者用户面网元接收来自会话管理网元的公共陆地移动网络PLMN的标识信息,根据PLMN的标识信息,确定第一N3IWF的IP地址。In a possible design, the user plane network element is pre-configured with the IP address of the first N3IWF; or the user plane network element receives the IP address of the first N3IWF from the session management network element; or the user plane network element receives the IP address from the session management network Based on the identification information of the public land mobile network PLMN of the meta, the IP address of the first N3IWF is determined according to the identification information of the PLMN.
一种可能的设计中,接收模块601,还用于接收来自会话管理网元的第一终端的标识信息。In a possible design, the receiving module 601 is further configured to receive the identification information of the first terminal from the session management network element.
一种可能的设计中,第一终端的标识信息包括以下至少一种:第二终端为第一终端分配的IP地址、PDU会话的标识信息、第一终端的身份信息。In a possible design, the identification information of the first terminal includes at least one of the following: an IP address allocated by the second terminal to the first terminal, identification information of a PDU session, and identity information of the first terminal.
作为又一种可实现方式,图6中的接收模块601、发送模块603可以由收发器代替,该收发器可以集成接收模块601、发送模块603的功能,处理模块602可以由处理器代替,该处理器可以集成处理模块602的功能。进一步的,图6所示通信装置60还可以包括存储器。当接收模块601、发送模块603由收发器代替,处理模块602由处理器代替时,本申请实施例所涉及的通信装置60可以为图2所示通信装置。As yet another achievable manner, the receiving module 601 and the sending module 603 in FIG. 6 can be replaced by a transceiver. The transceiver can integrate the functions of the receiving module 601 and the sending module 603. The processing module 602 can be replaced by a processor. The processor may integrate the functions of the processing module 602. Further, the communication device 60 shown in FIG. 6 may also include a memory. When the receiving module 601 and the sending module 603 are replaced by a transceiver, and the processing module 602 is replaced by a processor, the communication device 60 involved in the embodiment of the present application may be the communication device shown in FIG. 2.
在采用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块的情况下,图7示出了一种通信装置,通信装置70可以为会话管理网元或者会话管理网元中的芯片或者片上系统。该通信装置70可以用于执行上述实施例中涉及的会话管理网元的功能。图7所示通信装置70包括:处理模块701,发送模块702。In the case of dividing each functional module corresponding to each function, FIG. 7 shows a communication device, and the communication device 70 may be a session management network element or a chip or a system on a chip in a session management network element. The communication device 70 may be used to perform the functions of the session management network element involved in the foregoing embodiment. The communication device 70 shown in FIG. 7 includes a processing module 701 and a sending module 702.
处理模块701,用于确定第二终端的PDU会话用于中继服务;其中,第二终端为第一终端的中继节点。The processing module 701 is configured to determine that the PDU session of the second terminal is used for a relay service; where the second terminal is a relay node of the first terminal.
发送模块702,用于向用户面网元发送用于指示用户面网元判断PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配的第一指示信息;数据包包括第一终端的数据。The sending module 702 is configured to send to the user plane network element first indication information for instructing the user plane network element to determine whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF; the data packet includes the first terminal The data.
其中,该通信装置70的具体实现方式可参考图3a-图5所述通信方法中会话管理网元的行为功能。For the specific implementation of the communication device 70, refer to the behavior function of the session management network element in the communication method described in FIG. 3a-5.
一种可能的设计中,会话管理网元还包括接收模块703,接收模块703用于接收来自用户面网元的包括第一终端的标识信息的第四指示信息;第四指示信息用于指示PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配。In a possible design, the session management network element further includes a receiving module 703 configured to receive fourth indication information including identification information of the first terminal from the user plane network element; the fourth indication information is used to indicate PDU The destination address of the data packet carried by the session does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF.
一种可能的设计中,处理模块701,还用于根据第四指示信息,释放第一终端的上下文。In a possible design, the processing module 701 is further configured to release the context of the first terminal according to the fourth indication information.
一种可能的设计中,接收模块703,还用于接收来自移动性管理网元的第一终端提供的第二N3IWF的IP地址;处理模块701,还用于判断第二N3IWF的IP地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配;如果不匹配,删除第一终端的上下文。In a possible design, the receiving module 703 is also used to receive the IP address of the second N3IWF provided by the first terminal of the mobility management network element; the processing module 701 is also used to determine the IP address of the second N3IWF and the first terminal 1. Whether the IP address of the N3IWF matches; if it does not match, delete the context of the first terminal.
一种可能的设计中,接收模块703,还用于接收来自用户面网元的包括第一终端的标识信息的第六指示信息;第六指示信息用于指示第一终端提供的第二N3IWF的IP地址是否与第一N3IWF的IP地址匹配;处理模块701,还用于当第六指示信息用于指示第二N3IWF的IP地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配时,删除第一终端的上下文。In a possible design, the receiving module 703 is further configured to receive the sixth indication information including the identification information of the first terminal from the user plane network element; the sixth indication information is used to indicate the second N3IWF provided by the first terminal Whether the IP address matches the IP address of the first N3IWF; the processing module 701 is further configured to delete the context of the first terminal when the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the IP address of the second N3IWF does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF .
一种可能的设计中,接收模块703,还用于接收来自移动性管理网元的公共陆地移动网络PLMN的标识信息;接收模块703,还用于根据PLMN的标识信息,向用户面网元发送PLMN的标识信息和/或PLMN对应的第一N3IWF的IP地址。In a possible design, the receiving module 703 is also used to receive the identification information of the public land mobile network PLMN from the mobility management network element; the receiving module 703 is also used to send to the user plane network element according to the identification information of the PLMN The identification information of the PLMN and/or the IP address of the first N3IWF corresponding to the PLMN.
一种可能的设计中,接收模块703,还用于接收来自移动性管理网元的第一终端提供的第二N3IWF的IP地址;发送模块702,还用于将第二N3IWF的IP地址发送给用户面网元。In a possible design, the receiving module 703 is also used to receive the IP address of the second N3IWF provided by the first terminal of the mobility management network element; the sending module 702 is also used to send the IP address of the second N3IWF to User plane network element.
作为又一种可实现方式,图7中的发送模块702、接收模块703可以由收发器代替, 该收发器可以集成发送模块702、接收模块703的功能,处理模块701可以由处理器代替,该处理器可以集成处理模块701的功能。进一步的,图7所示通信装置70还可以包括存储器。当发送模块702、接收模块703由收发器代替,处理模块701由处理器代替时,本申请实施例所涉及的通信装置70可以为图2所示通信装置。As yet another achievable manner, the sending module 702 and the receiving module 703 in FIG. 7 can be replaced by a transceiver. The transceiver can integrate the functions of the sending module 702 and the receiving module 703. The processing module 701 can be replaced by a processor. The processor may integrate the functions of the processing module 701. Further, the communication device 70 shown in FIG. 7 may also include a memory. When the sending module 702 and the receiving module 703 are replaced by a transceiver, and the processing module 701 is replaced by a processor, the communication device 70 involved in the embodiment of the present application may be the communication device shown in FIG. 2.
在采用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块的情况下,图8示出了一种通信装置,通信装置80可以为第二终端或者第二终端中的芯片或者片上系统。该通信装置80可以用于执行上述实施例中涉及的第二终端的功能。图8所示通信装置80包括:接收模块802,处理模块803,发送模块801。In the case of dividing each functional module corresponding to each function, FIG. 8 shows a communication device, and the communication device 80 may be a second terminal or a chip or a system on a chip in the second terminal. The communication device 80 may be used to perform the functions of the second terminal involved in the foregoing embodiments. The communication device 80 shown in FIG. 8 includes: a receiving module 802, a processing module 803, and a sending module 801.
发送模块801,用于通过第二终端的PDU会话发送第一终端的数据。The sending module 801 is configured to send data of the first terminal through the PDU session of the second terminal.
接收模块802,用于接收来自移动性管理网元的包括第一终端的标识信息的第八指示信息。The receiving module 802 is configured to receive the eighth indication information including the identification information of the first terminal from the mobility management network element.
处理模块803,用于根据第八指示信息,释放第一终端的上下文;其中,第二终端为第一终端的中继节点,第八指示信息用于指示释放第一终端的上下文。The processing module 803 is configured to release the context of the first terminal according to the eighth indication information; where the second terminal is a relay node of the first terminal, and the eighth indication information is used to indicate to release the context of the first terminal.
或者,接收模块802,用于接收来自移动性管理网元的包括第一终端的标识信息的第四指示信息。Alternatively, the receiving module 802 is configured to receive the fourth indication information including the identification information of the first terminal from the mobility management network element.
处理模块803,用于根据第四指示信息,释放第一终端的上下文;其中,第二终端为第一终端的中继节点,第四指示信息用于指示协议数据单元PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一非第三代合作伙伴计划互通功能网元N3IWF的互联网协议IP地址不匹配,数据包包括第一终端的数据。The processing module 803 is configured to release the context of the first terminal according to the fourth indication information; wherein, the second terminal is a relay node of the first terminal, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the status of the data packet carried by the protocol data unit PDU session The destination address does not match the Internet Protocol IP address of the first non-third-generation partner project interworking function network element N3IWF, and the data packet includes the data of the first terminal.
或者,接收模块802,用于接收来自第一终端的数据;其中,第二终端为第一终端的中继节点,第一终端的数据通过第二终端的协议数据单元PDU会话进行转发。Alternatively, the receiving module 802 is configured to receive data from the first terminal; where the second terminal is a relay node of the first terminal, and the data of the first terminal is forwarded through a protocol data unit PDU session of the second terminal.
处理模块803,用于判断第一终端的数据的目的地址与第一非第三代合作伙伴计划互通功能网元N3IWF的互联网协议IP地址是否匹配。The processing module 803 is configured to determine whether the destination address of the data of the first terminal matches the Internet Protocol IP address of the first non-third-generation partner project interworking function network element N3IWF.
发送模块801,用于如果匹配,通过第二终端的PDU会话向目的地址对应的第一N3IWF发送包括第一终端的数据的数据包。The sending module 801 is configured to send a data packet including data of the first terminal to the first N3IWF corresponding to the destination address through the PDU session of the second terminal if it matches.
其中,该通信装置80的具体实现方式可参考图3a-图5所述通信方法中第二终端的行为功能。For the specific implementation of the communication device 80, refer to the behavior function of the second terminal in the communication method described in FIG. 3a-5.
一种可能的设计中,接收模块802,还用于接收来自第一终端的第二N3IWF的IP地址;发送模块801,用于将第二N3IWF的IP地址发送给移动性管理网元。In a possible design, the receiving module 802 is also used to receive the IP address of the second N3IWF from the first terminal; the sending module 801 is used to send the IP address of the second N3IWF to the mobility management network element.
一种可能的设计中,接收模块802,还用于接收来自第一终端的公共陆地移动网络PLMN的标识信息;发送模块801,还用于将PLMN的标识信息发送给移动性管理网元。In a possible design, the receiving module 802 is also used to receive the identification information of the public land mobile network PLMN from the first terminal; the sending module 801 is also used to send the identification information of the PLMN to the mobility management network element.
一种可能的设计中,处理模块803,还用于如果第一终端的数据的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配,释放第一终端的上下文。In a possible design, the processing module 803 is also configured to release the context of the first terminal if the destination address of the data of the first terminal does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF.
一种可能的设计中,接收模块802,还用于接收来自第一终端的第二N3IWF的IP地址;处理模块803,还用于判断第二N3IWF的IP地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配;如果不匹配,删除第一终端的上下文。In a possible design, the receiving module 802 is also used to receive the IP address of the second N3IWF from the first terminal; the processing module 803 is also used to determine whether the IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF ; If it does not match, delete the context of the first terminal.
一种可能的设计中,第二终端预先配置有第一N3IWF的IP地址;或者第二终端接收来自移动性管理网元的第一N3IWF的IP地址;或者第二终端接收来自第一终端的公共陆地移动网络PLMN的标识信息,根据PLMN的标识信息,确定第一N3IWF的IP地址。In a possible design, the second terminal is pre-configured with the IP address of the first N3IWF; or the second terminal receives the IP address of the first N3IWF from the mobility management network element; or the second terminal receives the public address from the first terminal The identification information of the land mobile network PLMN determines the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the identification information of the PLMN.
作为又一种可实现方式,图8中的发送模块801、接收模块802可以由收发器代替,该收发器可以集成发送模块801、接收模块802的功能,处理模块803可以由处理器代替,该处理器可以集成处理模块803的功能。进一步的,图8所示通信装置80还可以包括存储器。当发送模块801、接收模块802由收发器代替,处理模块803由处理器代替时,本申请实施例所涉及的通信装置80可以为图2所示通信装置。As yet another achievable manner, the sending module 801 and the receiving module 802 in FIG. 8 can be replaced by a transceiver, which can integrate the functions of the sending module 801 and the receiving module 802, and the processing module 803 can be replaced by a processor. The processor may integrate the functions of the processing module 803. Further, the communication device 80 shown in FIG. 8 may also include a memory. When the sending module 801 and the receiving module 802 are replaced by a transceiver, and the processing module 803 is replaced by a processor, the communication device 80 involved in the embodiment of the present application may be the communication device shown in FIG. 2.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质。上述方法实施例中的全部或者部分流程可以由计算机程序来指令相关的硬件完成,该程序可存储于上述计算机可读存储介质中,该程序在执行时,可包括如上述各方法实施例的流程。计算机可读存储介质可以是前述任一实施例的终端(包括数据发送端和/或数据接收端)的内部存储单元,例如终端的硬盘或内存。上述计算机可读存储介质也可以是上述终端的外部存储设备,例如上述终端上配备的插接式硬盘,智能存储卡(smart media card,SMC),安全数字(secure digital,SD)卡,闪存卡(flash card)等。进一步地,上述计算机可读存储介质还可以既包括上述终端的内部存储单元也包括外部存储设备。上述计算机可读存储介质用于存储上述计算机程序以及上述终端所需的其他程序和数据。上述计算机可读存储介质还可以用于暂时地存储已经输出或者将要输出的数据。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium. All or part of the processes in the foregoing method embodiments may be completed by a computer program instructing relevant hardware. The program may be stored in the foregoing computer-readable storage medium. When the program is executed, it may include processes as in the foregoing method embodiments. . The computer-readable storage medium may be an internal storage unit of the terminal (including the data sending end and/or the data receiving end) of any of the foregoing embodiments, such as the hard disk or memory of the terminal. The computer-readable storage medium may also be an external storage device of the terminal, such as a plug-in hard disk, a smart media card (SMC), a secure digital (SD) card, and a flash memory card equipped on the terminal. (flash card) and so on. Further, the aforementioned computer-readable storage medium may also include both an internal storage unit of the aforementioned terminal and an external storage device. The aforementioned computer-readable storage medium is used to store the aforementioned computer program and other programs and data required by the aforementioned terminal. The aforementioned computer-readable storage medium can also be used to temporarily store data that has been output or will be output.
需要说明的是,本申请的说明书、权利要求书及附图中的术语“第一”和“第二”等是用于区别不同对象,而不是用于描述特定顺序。此外,术语“包括”和“具有”以及它们任何变形,意图在于覆盖不排他的包含。例如包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备没有限定于已列出的步骤或单元,而是可选地还包括没有列出的步骤或单元,或可选地还包括对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它步骤或单元。It should be noted that the terms "first" and "second" in the specification, claims, and drawings of the present application are used to distinguish different objects, rather than to describe a specific sequence. In addition, the terms "including" and "having" and any variations of them are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusions. For example, a process, method, system, product, or device that includes a series of steps or units is not limited to the listed steps or units, but optionally includes unlisted steps or units, or optionally also includes Other steps or units inherent to these processes, methods, products or equipment.
应当理解,在本申请中,“至少一个(项)”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上,“至少两个(项)”是指两个或三个及三个以上,“和/或”,用于描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,“A和/或B”可以表示:只存在A,只存在B以及同时存在A和B三种情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,“a和b”,“a和c”,“b和c”,或“a和b和c”,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。It should be understood that in this application, "at least one (item)" refers to one or more, "multiple" refers to two or more than two, and "at least two (item)" refers to two or three And three or more, "and/or" is used to describe the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, "A and/or B" can mean: there is only A, only B and A at the same time And B three cases, where A, B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship. "The following at least one item (a)" or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (a) or a plurality of items (a). For example, at least one of a, b, or c can mean: a, b, c, "a and b", "a and c", "b and c", or "a and b and c" ", where a, b, and c can be single or multiple.
通过以上的实施方式的描述,所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,仅以上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明,实际应用中,可以根据需要而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成,即将装置的内部结构划分成不同的功能模块,以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。Through the description of the above embodiments, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, only the division of the above-mentioned functional modules is used as an example for illustration. In practical applications, the above-mentioned functions can be allocated according to needs. It is completed by different functional modules, that is, the internal structure of the device is divided into different functional modules to complete all or part of the functions described above.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述模块或单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个装置,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed device and method may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative. For example, the division of the modules or units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods, for example, multiple units or components may be divided. It can be combined or integrated into another device, or some features can be omitted or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的 部件可以是一个物理单元或多个物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个不同地方。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate parts may or may not be physically separate. The parts displayed as units may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple different places. . Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit.
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请实施例的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一个设备(可以是单片机,芯片等)或处理器(processor)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、ROM、RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solutions can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the software product is stored in a storage medium. It includes several instructions to make a device (which may be a single-chip microcomputer, a chip, etc.) or a processor (processor) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, ROM, RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何在本申请揭露的技术范围内的变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific implementations of this application, but the protection scope of this application is not limited to this. Any changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in this application shall be covered by the protection scope of this application. . Therefore, the protection scope of this application shall be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (29)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it comprises:
    用户面网元通过第二终端的协议数据单元PDU会话接收数据包;其中,所述第二终端为第一终端的中继节点,所述数据包包括所述第一终端的数据;The user plane network element receives a data packet through a protocol data unit PDU session of the second terminal; wherein the second terminal is a relay node of the first terminal, and the data packet includes data of the first terminal;
    所述用户面网元判断所述PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一非第三代合作伙伴计划互通功能网元N3IWF的互联网协议IP地址是否匹配;The user plane network element judges whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the Internet Protocol IP address of the first non-third-generation partner project interworking function network element N3IWF;
    如果匹配,所述用户面网元向所述PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址对应的第一N3IWF发送所述数据包。If they match, the user plane network element sends the data packet to the first N3IWF corresponding to the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述用户面网元接收来自会话管理网元的第一指示信息;其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述用户面网元判断所述PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配;The user plane network element receives the first indication information from the session management network element; wherein, the first indication information is used to instruct the user plane network element to determine that the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session is different from the first indication information. Whether the IP address of N3IWF matches;
    所述用户面网元判断所述PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与所述第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配,包括:The user plane network element determining whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF includes:
    所述用户面网元根据所述第一指示信息,判断所述PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与所述第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配。The user plane network element determines whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the first indication information.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述用户面网元接收来自会话管理网元的第二指示信息;其中,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述PDU会话用于中继服务;The user plane network element receives the second indication information from the session management network element; wherein the second indication information is used to indicate that the PDU session is used for a relay service;
    所述用户面网元判断所述PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与所述第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配,包括:The user plane network element determining whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF includes:
    所述用户面网元根据所述第二指示信息,判断所述PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配。The user plane network element determines whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the second indication information.
  4. 根据权利要求1-3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述用户面网元接收来自会话管理网元的第三指示信息;其中,所述第三指示信息用于指示当所述用户面网元判断所述PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与所述第一N3IWF的IP地址匹配时,向所述PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址对应的第一N3IWF发送所述数据包;The user plane network element receives the third indication information from the session management network element; wherein, the third indication information is used to indicate when the user plane network element determines that the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session is different from the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session. When the IP address of the first N3IWF matches, sending the data packet to the first N3IWF corresponding to the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session;
    所述用户面网元向所述PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址对应的第一N3IWF发送所述数据包,包括:The sending, by the user plane network element, of the data packet to the first N3IWF corresponding to the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session includes:
    所述用户面网元根据所述第三指示信息,向所述PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址对应的第一N3IWF发送所述数据包。The user plane network element sends the data packet to the first N3IWF corresponding to the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session according to the third indication information.
  5. 根据权利要求1-4任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-4, wherein the method further comprises:
    如果所述PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与所述第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配,所述用户面网元向会话管理网元发送第四指示信息;其中,所述第四指示信息包括所述第一终端的标识信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与所述第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配。If the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF, the user plane network element sends fourth indication information to the session management network element; wherein, the fourth indication information includes The identification information of the first terminal, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 5, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述用户面网元接收来自会话管理网元的第五指示信息;其中,所述第五指示信息用 于指示当所述用户面网元判断所述PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与所述第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配时,向所述会话管理网元发送第四指示信息;所述第四指示信息用于指示所述PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与所述第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配;The user plane network element receives the fifth indication information from the session management network element; wherein the fifth indication information is used to indicate when the user plane network element determines that the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session is different from the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session. When the IP address of the first N3IWF does not match, fourth indication information is sent to the session management network element; the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session is the same as that of the first N3IWF Does not match the IP address;
    所述用户面网元向所述会话管理网元发送所述第四指示信息,包括:The sending, by the user plane network element, the fourth indication information to the session management network element includes:
    所述用户面网元根据所述第五指示信息,向所述会话管理网元发送所述第四指示信息。The user plane network element sends the fourth instruction information to the session management network element according to the fifth instruction information.
  7. 根据权利要求1-6任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-6, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述用户面网元接收来自会话管理网元的所述第一终端提供的第二N3IWF的IP地址;Receiving, by the user plane network element, the IP address of the second N3IWF provided by the first terminal from the session management network element;
    所述用户面网元向所述会话管理网元发送第六指示信息;其中,所述第六指示信息包括所述第一终端的标识信息,所述第六指示信息用于指示所述第二N3IWF的IP地址是否与所述第一N3IWF的IP地址匹配。The user plane network element sends sixth indication information to the session management network element; wherein, the sixth indication information includes identification information of the first terminal, and the sixth indication information is used to indicate the second Whether the IP address of the N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 7, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述用户面网元接收来自所述会话管理网元的第七指示信息;其中,所述第七指示信息用于指示所述用户面网元判断所述第二N3IWF的IP地址与所述第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配;The user plane network element receives the seventh indication information from the session management network element; wherein, the seventh indication information is used to instruct the user plane network element to determine that the IP address of the second N3IWF and the first N3IWF 1. Whether the IP address of N3IWF matches;
    所述用户面网元向所述会话管理网元发送第六指示信息,包括:The sending of the sixth indication information by the user plane network element to the session management network element includes:
    所述用户面网元根据所述第七指示信息,向所述会话管理网元发送所述第六指示信息。The user plane network element sends the sixth indication information to the session management network element according to the seventh indication information.
  9. 根据权利要求1-8任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-8, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述用户面网元预先配置有所述第一N3IWF的IP地址;或者The user plane network element is pre-configured with the IP address of the first N3IWF; or
    所述用户面网元接收来自会话管理网元的所述第一N3IWF的IP地址;或者The user plane network element receives the IP address of the first N3IWF from the session management network element; or
    所述用户面网元接收来自会话管理网元的公共陆地移动网络PLMN的标识信息,根据所述PLMN的标识信息,确定所述第一N3IWF的IP地址。The user plane network element receives the identification information of the public land mobile network PLMN from the session management network element, and determines the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the identification information of the PLMN.
  10. 根据权利要求1-9任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-9, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述用户面网元接收来自会话管理网元的第一终端的标识信息。The user plane network element receives the identification information of the first terminal from the session management network element.
  11. 根据权利要求5-10任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 5-10, wherein:
    所述第一终端的标识信息包括以下至少一种:所述第二终端为所述第一终端分配的IP地址、所述PDU会话的标识信息、所述第一终端的身份信息。The identification information of the first terminal includes at least one of the following: an IP address allocated by the second terminal to the first terminal, identification information of the PDU session, and identity information of the first terminal.
  12. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it comprises:
    会话管理网元确定第二终端的协议数据单元PDU会话用于中继服务;其中,所述第二终端为第一终端的中继节点;The session management network element determines that the protocol data unit PDU session of the second terminal is used for the relay service; wherein, the second terminal is a relay node of the first terminal;
    所述会话管理网元向用户面网元发送第一指示信息;其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述用户面网元判断所述PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一非第三代合作伙伴计划互通功能网元N3IWF的互联网协议IP地址是否匹配;所述数据包包括所述第一终端的数据。The session management network element sends first indication information to the user plane network element; wherein, the first indication information is used to instruct the user plane network element to determine whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session is different from the first non- Whether the Internet Protocol IP address of the third-generation partner project interworking function network element N3IWF matches; the data packet includes the data of the first terminal.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 12, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述会话管理网元接收来自所述用户面网元的第四指示信息;其中,所述第四指示信息包括所述第一终端的标识信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与所述第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配。The session management network element receives fourth indication information from the user plane network element; wherein, the fourth indication information includes identification information of the first terminal, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the PDU The destination address of the data packet carried by the session does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 13, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述会话管理网元根据所述第四指示信息,释放所述第一终端的上下文。The session management network element releases the context of the first terminal according to the fourth indication information.
  15. 根据权利要求12-14任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 12-14, characterized in that,
    所述会话管理网元接收来自移动性管理网元的所述第一终端提供的第二N3IWF的IP地址;Receiving, by the session management network element, the IP address of the second N3IWF provided by the first terminal from the mobility management network element;
    所述会话管理网元判断所述第二N3IWF的IP地址与所述第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配;The session management network element judges whether the IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF;
    如果不匹配,所述会话管理网元删除所述第一终端的上下文。If it does not match, the session management network element deletes the context of the first terminal.
  16. 根据权利要求12-15任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 12-15, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述会话管理网元接收来自所述用户面网元的第六指示信息;其中,所述第六指示信息包括所述第一终端的标识信息,所述第六指示信息用于指示所述第一终端提供的第二N3IWF的IP地址是否与所述第一N3IWF的IP地址匹配;The session management network element receives sixth indication information from the user plane network element; wherein the sixth indication information includes identification information of the first terminal, and the sixth indication information is used to indicate the first terminal Whether the IP address of the second N3IWF provided by a terminal matches the IP address of the first N3IWF;
    当所述第六指示信息用于指示所述第二N3IWF的IP地址与所述第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配时,所述会话管理网元删除所述第一终端的上下文。When the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the IP address of the second N3IWF does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF, the session management network element deletes the context of the first terminal.
  17. 根据权利要求12-16任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 12-16, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述会话管理网元接收来自移动性管理网元的公共陆地移动网络PLMN的标识信息;The session management network element receives the identification information of the public land mobile network PLMN from the mobility management network element;
    所述会话管理网元根据所述PLMN的标识信息,向所述用户面网元发送所述PLMN的标识信息和/或所述PLMN对应的所述第一N3IWF的IP地址。The session management network element sends the identification information of the PLMN and/or the IP address of the first N3IWF corresponding to the PLMN to the user plane network element according to the identification information of the PLMN.
  18. 根据权利要求12-17任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 12-17, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述会话管理网元接收来自移动性管理网元的所述第一终端提供的第二N3IWF的IP地址;Receiving, by the session management network element, the IP address of the second N3IWF provided by the first terminal from the mobility management network element;
    所述会话管理网元将所述第二N3IWF的IP地址发送给所述用户面网元。The session management network element sends the IP address of the second N3IWF to the user plane network element.
  19. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it comprises:
    第二终端通过所述第二终端的PDU会话发送第一终端的数据;其中,所述第二终端为所述第一终端的中继节点;The second terminal sends the data of the first terminal through the PDU session of the second terminal; wherein, the second terminal is a relay node of the first terminal;
    所述第二终端接收来自移动性管理网元的第八指示信息;所述第二终端根据所述第八指示信息,释放第一终端的上下文;其中,所述第八指示信息包括所述第一终端的标识信息,所述第八指示信息用于指示释放所述第一终端的上下文;或者The second terminal receives the eighth indication information from the mobility management network element; the second terminal releases the context of the first terminal according to the eighth indication information; wherein, the eighth indication information includes the first terminal Identification information of a terminal, where the eighth indication information is used to instruct to release the context of the first terminal; or
    所述第二终端接收来自移动性管理网元的第四指示信息;所述第二终端根据所述第四指示信息,释放第一终端的上下文;其中,所述第四指示信息包括所述第一终端的标识信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示协议数据单元PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一非第三代合作伙伴计划互通功能网元N3IWF的互联网协议IP地址不匹配,所述数据包包括所述第一终端的数据。The second terminal receives the fourth indication information from the mobility management network element; the second terminal releases the context of the first terminal according to the fourth indication information; wherein, the fourth indication information includes the first terminal The identification information of a terminal, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the destination address of the data packet carried by the protocol data unit PDU session does not match the Internet Protocol IP address of the first non-third-generation partner project interworking function network element N3IWF, The data packet includes data of the first terminal.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 19, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第二终端接收来自所述第一终端的第二N3IWF的IP地址;Receiving, by the second terminal, the IP address of the second N3IWF from the first terminal;
    所述第二终端将所述第二N3IWF的IP地址发送给所述移动性管理网元。The second terminal sends the IP address of the second N3IWF to the mobility management network element.
  21. 根据权利要求19或20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 19 or 20, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第二终端接收来自所述第一终端的公共陆地移动网络PLMN的标识信息;Receiving, by the second terminal, the identification information of the public land mobile network PLMN from the first terminal;
    所述第二终端将所述PLMN的标识信息发送给所述移动性管理网元。The second terminal sends the identification information of the PLMN to the mobility management network element.
  22. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it comprises:
    第二终端接收来自第一终端的数据;其中,所述第二终端为所述第一终端的中继节点, 所述第一终端的数据通过所述第二终端的协议数据单元PDU会话进行转发;The second terminal receives data from the first terminal; wherein, the second terminal is a relay node of the first terminal, and the data of the first terminal is forwarded through the protocol data unit PDU session of the second terminal ;
    所述第二终端判断所述第一终端的数据的目的地址与第一非第三代合作伙伴计划互通功能网元N3IWF的互联网协议IP地址是否匹配;The second terminal judges whether the destination address of the data of the first terminal matches the Internet Protocol IP address of the first non-third-generation partner project interworking function network element N3IWF;
    如果匹配,所述第二终端通过所述第二终端的PDU会话向所述目的地址对应的第一N3IWF发送所述第一终端的数据。If they match, the second terminal sends the data of the first terminal to the first N3IWF corresponding to the destination address through the PDU session of the second terminal.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 22, wherein the method further comprises:
    如果所述第一终端的数据的目的地址与所述第一N3IWF的IP地址不匹配,所述第二终端释放所述第一终端的上下文。If the destination address of the data of the first terminal does not match the IP address of the first N3IWF, the second terminal releases the context of the first terminal.
  24. 根据权利要求22或23所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 22 or 23, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第二终端接收来自所述第一终端的第二N3IWF的IP地址;Receiving, by the second terminal, the IP address of the second N3IWF from the first terminal;
    所述第二终端判断所述第二N3IWF的IP地址与所述第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配;The second terminal judges whether the IP address of the second N3IWF matches the IP address of the first N3IWF;
    如果不匹配,所述第二终端删除所述第一终端的上下文。If there is no match, the second terminal deletes the context of the first terminal.
  25. 根据权利要求22-24任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 22-24, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第二终端预先配置有所述第一N3IWF的IP地址;或者The second terminal is pre-configured with the IP address of the first N3IWF; or
    所述第二终端接收来自移动性管理网元的所述第一N3IWF的IP地址;或者The second terminal receives the IP address of the first N3IWF from the mobility management network element; or
    所述第二终端接收来自所述第一终端的公共陆地移动网络PLMN的标识信息,根据所述PLMN的标识信息,确定所述第一N3IWF的IP地址。The second terminal receives the identification information of the public land mobile network PLMN from the first terminal, and determines the IP address of the first N3IWF according to the identification information of the PLMN.
  26. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括一个或多个处理器、收发器;所述一个或多个处理器、所述收发器支持所述通信装置执行如权利要求1-11任一项所述的通信方法,或者执行如权利要求12-18任一项所述的通信方法,或者执行如权利要求19-21任一项所述的方法,或者执行如权利要求22-25任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that the communication device includes one or more processors and transceivers; the one or more processors and the transceiver support the communication device to execute any of claims 1-11 One of the communication methods, or executes the communication method according to any one of claims 12-18, or executes the method according to any one of claims 19-21, or executes any one of claims 22-25 The method described in one item.
  27. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机指令或程序,当计算机指令或程序在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如权利要求1-11任一项所述的通信方法,或者执行如权利要求12-18任一项所述的通信方法,或者执行如权利要求19-21任一项所述的方法,或者执行如权利要求22-25任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that the computer-readable storage medium stores computer instructions or programs, and when the computer instructions or programs are run on a computer, the computer can execute any one of claims 1-11. Communication method, or execute the communication method according to any one of claims 12-18, or execute the method according to any one of claims 19-21, or execute the method according to any one of claims 22-25 method.
  28. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,通信系统包括用户面网元、会话管理网元;A communication system, characterized in that the communication system includes a user plane network element and a session management network element;
    所述用户面网元,用于通过第二终端的协议数据单元PDU会话接收数据包;其中,所述第二终端为第一终端的中继节点,所述数据包包括所述第一终端的数据;所述用户面网元,还用于判断所述PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一非第三代合作伙伴计划互通功能网元N3IWF的互联网协议IP地址是否匹配;如果匹配,所述用户面网元向所述PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址对应的第一N3IWF发送所述数据包;The user plane network element is configured to receive data packets through a protocol data unit PDU session of the second terminal; wherein, the second terminal is a relay node of the first terminal, and the data packet includes the data packet of the first terminal Data; the user plane network element is also used to determine whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the Internet Protocol IP address of the first non-third-generation partner project interworking function network element N3IWF; if they match, Sending, by the user plane network element, the data packet to the first N3IWF corresponding to the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session;
    所述会话管理网元,用于确定第二终端的协议数据单元PDU会话用于中继服务,向所述用户面网元发送第一指示信息;其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述用户面网元判断所述PDU会话承载的数据包的目的地址与第一N3IWF的IP地址是否匹配。The session management network element is used to determine that the protocol data unit PDU session of the second terminal is used for the relay service, and sends first indication information to the user plane network element; wherein, the first indication information is used to indicate all The user plane network element judges whether the destination address of the data packet carried by the PDU session matches the IP address of the first N3IWF.
  29. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,所述通信系统包括:第一终端和第二终端;A communication system, characterized in that the communication system includes: a first terminal and a second terminal;
    所述第一终端,用于向所述第二终端发送数据;其中,所述第二终端为所述第一终端的中继节点;The first terminal is configured to send data to the second terminal; wherein, the second terminal is a relay node of the first terminal;
    所述第二终端,用于接收来自第一终端的数据;其中,所述第一终端的数据通过所述第二终端的协议数据单元PDU会话进行转发;所述第二终端,还用于判断所述第一终端 的数据的目的地址与第一非第三代合作伙伴计划互通功能网元N3IWF的互联网协议IP地址是否匹配;如果匹配,所述第二终端通过所述第二终端的PDU会话向所述目的地址对应的第一N3IWF发送数据包;其中,所述数据包包括所述第一终端的数据。The second terminal is used to receive data from the first terminal; wherein, the data of the first terminal is forwarded through the protocol data unit PDU session of the second terminal; the second terminal is also used to determine Whether the destination address of the data of the first terminal matches the Internet Protocol IP address of the first non-third-generation partner project interworking function network element N3IWF; if they match, the second terminal uses the PDU session of the second terminal Send a data packet to the first N3IWF corresponding to the destination address; wherein, the data packet includes data of the first terminal.
PCT/CN2021/086298 2020-04-10 2021-04-09 Communication method, apparatus and system WO2021204277A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010281118.1A CN113518475B (en) 2020-04-10 2020-04-10 Communication method, device and system
CN202010281118.1 2020-04-10

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021204277A1 true WO2021204277A1 (en) 2021-10-14

Family

ID=78023143

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/086298 WO2021204277A1 (en) 2020-04-10 2021-04-09 Communication method, apparatus and system

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN113518475B (en)
WO (1) WO2021204277A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024041297A1 (en) * 2022-08-22 2024-02-29 中国电信股份有限公司 Relay networking method and apparatus, electronic device, and computer readable storage medium

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023230881A1 (en) * 2022-05-31 2023-12-07 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Communication method, and devices

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109936861A (en) * 2017-12-18 2019-06-25 华为技术有限公司 Communication means and access network equipment, terminal device, equipment of the core network
WO2019196860A1 (en) * 2018-04-10 2019-10-17 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) 5g and fixed network residential gateway for wireline access network handling
CN110519826A (en) * 2018-05-22 2019-11-29 华为技术有限公司 Method for network access, relevant apparatus and system
WO2020072652A1 (en) * 2018-10-03 2020-04-09 Intel Corporation Systems, methods, and apparatuses for enabling relay services for user equipment to access 5gc via a residential gateway

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109936861A (en) * 2017-12-18 2019-06-25 华为技术有限公司 Communication means and access network equipment, terminal device, equipment of the core network
WO2019196860A1 (en) * 2018-04-10 2019-10-17 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) 5g and fixed network residential gateway for wireline access network handling
CN110519826A (en) * 2018-05-22 2019-11-29 华为技术有限公司 Method for network access, relevant apparatus and system
WO2020072652A1 (en) * 2018-10-03 2020-04-09 Intel Corporation Systems, methods, and apparatuses for enabling relay services for user equipment to access 5gc via a residential gateway

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
HUAWEI, HISILICON: "Home WLAN accessing solution", 3GPP DRAFT; S2-1810717_S2-18XXX HOME WLAN ACCESSING SOLUTION V1.0, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. SA WG2, no. Dongguan, China; 20181015 - 20181019, 9 October 2018 (2018-10-09), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051539668 *
MOTOROLA MOBILITY, LENOVO, BROADCOM: "PDU Session establishment for Trusted Non-3GPP Access", 3GPP DRAFT; S2-1901531_5WWC_PDU SESSION ESTABL_CR_502, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. SA WG2, no. Santa Cruz, Tenerife, Spain; 20190225 - 20190301, 19 February 2019 (2019-02-19), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051610142 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024041297A1 (en) * 2022-08-22 2024-02-29 中国电信股份有限公司 Relay networking method and apparatus, electronic device, and computer readable storage medium

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN113518475A (en) 2021-10-19
CN113518475B (en) 2023-08-04

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11765686B2 (en) Packet transmission method and apparatus for communicating between terminals of a same 5G LAN group
US11812496B2 (en) User group session management method and apparatus
WO2021204003A1 (en) Business processing method, device and system for proximity service
WO2020048517A1 (en) Rrc connection method, device, and system
WO2022033558A1 (en) Relay management method and communication apparatus
EP4106482A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2022067841A1 (en) Secure communication method, apparatus and system
WO2022017285A1 (en) Packet forwarding method, apparatus and system
EP3952213B1 (en) Communication method, apparatus, and system
WO2021204277A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus and system
US20230013500A1 (en) Radio bearer configuration method, apparatus, and system
US20220263879A1 (en) Multicast session establishment method and network device
WO2021134701A1 (en) D2d communication method, apparatus and system
WO2022021435A1 (en) Data transmission method, device, and storage medium
WO2022027513A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus and system
WO2021169309A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus, and system
WO2021042381A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus and system
WO2022056794A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2022237857A1 (en) Method for determining security protection enabling mode, communication method, and communication apparatus
WO2022067736A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023001010A1 (en) Communication method and device
WO2023066207A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023056852A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus and system
WO2023020046A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2022068336A1 (en) Routing information updating method, communication apparatus and storage medium

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21785316

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21785316

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1